WO2023280173A1 - Scanning method and electronic device - Google Patents
Scanning method and electronic device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023280173A1 WO2023280173A1 PCT/CN2022/103979 CN2022103979W WO2023280173A1 WO 2023280173 A1 WO2023280173 A1 WO 2023280173A1 CN 2022103979 W CN2022103979 W CN 2022103979W WO 2023280173 A1 WO2023280173 A1 WO 2023280173A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- scanning
- area
- scanning surface
- light source
- light
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 83
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 claims description 44
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 claims description 36
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 32
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 claims description 30
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 29
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 28
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 23
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 23
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 101100083446 Danio rerio plekhh1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 5
- PCTMTFRHKVHKIS-BMFZQQSSSA-N (1s,3r,4e,6e,8e,10e,12e,14e,16e,18s,19r,20r,21s,25r,27r,30r,31r,33s,35r,37s,38r)-3-[(2r,3s,4s,5s,6r)-4-amino-3,5-dihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]oxy-19,25,27,30,31,33,35,37-octahydroxy-18,20,21-trimethyl-23-oxo-22,39-dioxabicyclo[33.3.1]nonatriaconta-4,6,8,10 Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2.O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 PCTMTFRHKVHKIS-BMFZQQSSSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003044 adaptive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013527 convolutional neural network Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005357 flat glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007648 laser printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N1/00—Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
- H04N1/00681—Detecting the presence, position or size of a sheet or correcting its position before scanning
- H04N1/00684—Object of the detection
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N1/00—Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N1/00—Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
- H04N1/00681—Detecting the presence, position or size of a sheet or correcting its position before scanning
- H04N1/00684—Object of the detection
- H04N1/00702—Position
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N1/00—Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
- H04N1/00681—Detecting the presence, position or size of a sheet or correcting its position before scanning
- H04N1/00684—Object of the detection
- H04N1/00718—Skew
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N1/00—Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
- H04N1/04—Scanning arrangements, i.e. arrangements for the displacement of active reading or reproducing elements relative to the original or reproducing medium, or vice versa
Definitions
- Embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of scanning, and in particular, to a scanning method and electronic equipment.
- a problem existing in conventional image scanning equipment is that, when the image scanning equipment scans a book, the spine of the book is above the scanning surface, and the scanned image is distorted, shadowed, and blurred corresponding to the spine area, and the imaging quality of the spine area is poor. , especially for relatively thick books. At this time, the user needs to manually press and pave, and the operation is complicated, but the scanning and imaging effect cannot be guaranteed. That is to say, the scanning automation of conventional image scanning equipment is not high, which is not conducive to the improvement of image quality.
- the embodiment of the present application discloses a scanning method and electronic equipment.
- the scanning control of the scanning surface is changed. This avoids scanning the scanning surface with the same scanning strategy, resulting in differences in areas of different shapes on the scanning surface after imaging the scanning surface. It solves the problems of image distortion, shadow and blur in the curved area on the scanning surface, and improves the scanning image quality. Solving the problem of poor scanning imaging quality at the source can ensure the improvement of scanning imaging quality and improve the automation and intelligence of scanning.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a display method, including: determining the placement state of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned; according to the placement state of the scanning surface, using the scanning strategy associated with the placement state to scan Scan to obtain the scanned image.
- the scanning strategies for scanning the scanning surface are different.
- the arrangement state of the scanning surface may include the arrangement position of the scanning surface, the arrangement angle of the scanning surface and/or the shape of the scanning surface, wherein the arrangement position of the scanning surface includes the position of the scanning surface.
- the placement angle of the scanning surface is relative to the preset horizontal reference.
- the shape of the scanning surface is the shape presented by the scanning surface, and the shape presented by the scanning surface includes a curved shape and/or a non-curved shape.
- the content of the scanning surface is scanned with the scanning strategy associated with the placement state of the scanning surface, which avoids scanning the scanning surface with the same scanning strategy, resulting in areas of different shapes on the scanning surface after imaging the scanning surface There is a difference. Furthermore, by planning a corresponding scanning path according to the placement position of the scanning surface, the content on the scanning surface can be scanned more efficiently and comprehensively.
- the corresponding scanning direction is determined according to the placement angle of the scanning surface, so that the subsequent scanning of the scanning surface can be better controlled. Obtain the shape of the currently scanned area in real time to control the scanning of the area according to the shape of the currently scanned area.
- the degree of curvature of the currently scanned area relative to the plane can be obtained in real time, and the scanning is controlled according to the degree of curvature. It solves the problems of image distortion, shadow and blur in the curved area on the scanning surface, and improves the scanning image quality. Solving the problem of poor scanning imaging quality at the source can ensure the improvement of scanning imaging quality and improve the automation and intelligence of scanning.
- the arrangement state of the scanning surface includes the bending state of the scanning surface, and the scanning surface includes a first area and a second area; the degrees of curvature corresponding to the first area and the second area are different; the scanning strategy includes scanning components According to the placement state of the scanning surface, scan the content of the scanning surface with a scanning strategy related to the placement state, specifically including: according to the curvature of the first area and the second area, at different moving rates Scan the first area and the second area.
- the curved state of the scanning surface may also be referred to as the curved shape of the scanning surface, and the degree of curvature of the scanning surface can be obtained according to the curved shape. That is to say, scan areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface at different moving rates to ensure that the scanning surface is scanned more fully, to ensure clear imaging, to prevent the curved area from being scanned, and to solve the imaging distortion of the curved area, There are shadows and blurry issues.
- the second moving rate is a rate obtained according to the first moving rate and the bending state of the bending region. That is, according to the principle of turning a curve into a straight line, the second moving rate can be obtained according to the first moving rate and the bending state of the curved region.
- the scanning strategy also includes the orientation of the scanning component; according to the placement state of the scanning surface, scanning the content of the scanning surface with a scanning strategy related to the placement state further includes: according to the first area and the degree of curvature of the second area, the scanning component scans the first area and the second area in different orientations.
- the scanning components scan in different directions.
- the scanning component includes a light source and a first reflector
- the orientation of the scanning component includes a direction in which the light source emits scanning light, and/or, the orientation of the first reflector
- the direction in which the light source emits scanning light is different, that is, the direction in which the scanning light is incident on the scanning surface is different.
- the angle at which the scanning light is incident on the scanning surface is constant, that is, ensure that the scanning light is incident on areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface in a constant emission direction.
- the scanning light scans the areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface in the same way, ensuring that the light intensity of the scanning light received by areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface is the same, ensuring clear imaging, avoiding that the curved area is not scanned, and solving the problem of imaging in the curved area Distorted, shadowed, and blurry issues. And/or, adjust the orientation of the first reflector to ensure that the first reflector can receive the scanning light and completely reflect the scanning light.
- the scanning component scans the first area and the second area in different orientations includes: when scanning the first area, controlling the light source and the The carrier of the object to be scanned forms a second included angle; when scanning the second area, the control light source and the carrier form a third included angle; wherein the second included angle is different from the third included angle. That is to say, when the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface is guaranteed to be the first angle, and the non-curved area can be scanned, the scanning light is controlled to form a second angle with the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned, and the curved area is scanned. When , control the scanning light to form a third angle with the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned.
- the third included angle is an angle obtained according to the second included angle and the bending state of the bending region. That is to say, in the non-curved area, the first included angle is the same as the second included angle, and the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface is guaranteed to be the first included angle. According to the principle of light reflection, the third included angle is based on the second included angle. The angles obtained from the bend state of the corner and bend regions.
- the scanning component scans the first area and the second area in different orientations includes: when scanning the first area, controlling the first reflector and The carrier forms a fourth included angle; when scanning the second area, the first reflector and the carrier are controlled to form a fifth included angle, wherein the fourth included angle is different from the fifth included angle. That is, after adjusting the incident direction of the scanning light, in order to ensure that the first reflector can receive the scanning light and reflect the scanning light to the photoelectric conversion element, the first reflector needs to be adjusted. According to the principle of light reflection, the fourth included angle is obtained from the first included angle, the first included angle is equal to the second included angle, and the fifth included angle is obtained from the first included angle and the bending state of the bending region.
- the placement state of the scanning surface includes the placement angle of the scanning surface or the placement angle of the content in the scanning surface
- the scanning strategy includes the scanning direction of the scanning components; according to the placement state of the scanning surface, the The scanning strategy related to the placement status scans the contents of the scanning surface, specifically including: adjusting the scanning direction of the scanning component according to the placement angle of the scanning surface or the placement angle of the content in the scanning surface.
- the scanning direction can be set according to the placement of the scanning surface, so that the scanning can completely scan the scanning surface, and the scanning direction can be adjusted according to the placement angle of the content on the scanning surface, that is, the sorting direction of the text on the scanning surface, which can better Scan to content on the scanning surface.
- the scanning component includes a light source and a first reflector; adjusting the scanning direction of the scanning component specifically includes: adjusting the moving direction of the light source; and/or adjusting the moving direction of the first reflector. That is, the light source and the first reflector are controlled to move along the scanning direction, and the moving direction of the light source and the first reflector is the scanning direction.
- the placement state of the scanning surface includes the placement position of the scanning surface
- the scanning strategy includes the moving path of the scanning component
- the moving path includes the scanning start point and the scanning end point; according to the placement state of the scanning surface, the The scanning strategy related to the placement state scans the content of the scanning surface, specifically including: adjusting the moving path of the light source according to the placement position of the scanning surface. That is, the scanning path is determined according to the placement position of the scanning surface, so as to scan the scanning surface more comprehensively and reduce scanning power consumption.
- determining the arrangement state of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned includes: obtaining the curvature of the scanning surface to obtain the curvature state of the scanning surface.
- the curved state of the scanning surface can be obtained from the curvature of the scanning surface.
- determining the placement state of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned includes: performing text detection on the scanning surface to obtain a text box; obtaining a curve on the scanning surface according to the text box; determining the scanning surface according to the slope of the curve.
- the curved state of the face The curved state of the scanning surface can be obtained from the slope of the scanning surface.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a scanning device, including: a carrier for carrying an object to be scanned; a light source for emitting scanning light to the scanning surface of the object to be scanned; a first reflector for receiving The light reflected from the scanning surface, and reflects the light to the photoelectric conversion element; the photoelectric conversion element is used to convert the received light into image data to obtain the image scanned by the scanning surface; the controller is used to control the scanning device according to the The placement state of the scanning surface, the contents of the scanning surface are scanned according to the scanning strategy associated with the placement state. Wherein, when the scanning surface is in different placement states, the scanning strategies for scanning the scanning surface are different.
- the controller controls the scanning component to scan the content of the scanning surface based on the scanning strategy associated with the placement state of the scanning surface, which prevents the scanning component from scanning the scanning surface with the same scanning strategy, resulting in imaging of the scanning surface. Differences appear in areas of different shapes on the rear scan surface. It solves the problems of image distortion, shadow and blur in the curved area on the scanning surface, and improves the scanning image quality. Solving the problem of poor scanning imaging quality at the source can ensure the improvement of scanning imaging quality and improve the automation and intelligence of scanning.
- the arrangement state of the scanning surface includes the bending state of the scanning surface, and the scanning surface includes a first area and a second area; the degrees of curvature corresponding to the first area and the second area are different; the scanning strategy includes scanning The moving rate of the components; the controller is used to control the scanning device to scan the content of the scanning surface according to the placement state of the scanning surface with the scanning strategy associated with the placement state, specifically including: The degree of curvature controls the light source to scan the first area and the second area at different moving speeds. Control the light source to move at different speeds to ensure that the scanning light emitted by the light source fully illuminates the scanning surface.
- the first area is a non-curved area
- the second area is a curved area
- the controller controls the light source to scan the first area and the second area at different moving rates according to the degree of curvature of the first area and the second area.
- the second area specifically includes: the controller controls the light source to scan the first area at a first moving rate; the controller controls the light source to scan the second area at a second moving rate, wherein the first moving rate is greater than the second moving rate.
- the light source scans areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface at different moving speeds to ensure that within the same period of time, the distance of the scanning light passing through the curved area and the non-curving area on the scanning surface is the same or close, and the scanning light can fully scan the scanning surface
- the information on the curved area reduces the shadow and deformation of the scanning image in the curved area of the scanning surface.
- the second moving rate is a rate obtained according to the first moving rate and the bending state of the bending region.
- the scanning strategy also includes the orientation of the scanning component; the controller is used to control the scanning device to scan the content of the scanning surface according to the scanning strategy associated with the placement state according to the placement state of the scanning surface, and also The method includes: the controller controls the light source to scan the first area and the second area in different orientations according to the degree of curvature of the first area and the second area. Controlling the orientation of the light source means controlling the emission direction of the scanning light incident on the scanning surface, so as to ensure that the scanning light can more fully irradiate areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface.
- the controller controls the light source to scan the first area and the second area in different orientations according to the degree of curvature of the first area and the second area, including: when scanning the first area, the controller controls The light source forms a second included angle with the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned; when scanning the second area, the controller controls the light source and the carrier to form a third included angle; wherein the second included angle is different from the third included angle.
- the third included angle is an angle obtained according to the second included angle and the bending state of the bending region.
- the controller is also used to: when scanning the first area, control the first reflector and the carrier to form a fourth angle; when scanning the second area, control the first reflector and the carrier body forms a fifth included angle, wherein the fourth included angle is different from the fifth included angle.
- the arrangement status of the scanning surface includes the arrangement angle of the scanning surface or the arrangement angle of the content on the scanning surface
- the scanning strategy includes the scanning direction of the light source
- the controller is specifically used to: The placement angle or the placement angle of the content in the scanning surface adjusts the scanning direction of the light source. Adjusting the scanning direction of the light source according to the placement angle of the scanning surface can scan the scanning surface more fully. According to the arrangement angle of the content on the scanning surface, the content on the scanning surface can be scanned more fully.
- the placement state of the scanning surface includes the placement position of the scanning surface
- the scanning strategy includes the moving path of the scanning component
- the moving path includes the scanning start point and the scanning end point
- the controller is specifically used to: Adjust the placement position of the light source and adjust the moving path of the light source. Adjust the path of the light source to ensure that the scanning components start working at the proper position and reduce power consumption.
- determining the arrangement state of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned includes: obtaining the curvature of the scanning surface to obtain the curvature state of the scanning surface.
- the controller determines the placement state of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned, including: performing text detection on the scanning surface to obtain a text box; obtaining a curve on the scanning surface according to the text box; according to the slope of the curve, Determines the curvature state of the scanned surface.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an image forming device, including: any one of the above scanning devices; an imaging device, configured to read image data output by the scanning device, and print a recording medium based on the image data;
- the control device is used for controlling the scanning device and the imaging device.
- the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including a processor, a memory, and a scanning component; the memory is used to store instructions; the processor is used to call the instructions in the memory, and control the scanning component to scan, so that The electronic device executes any one of the scanning methods above.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where at least one instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the at least one instruction is executed by a processor, any one of the above scanning methods is implemented.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a conventional image scanning device.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a scanning result of a conventional image scanning device.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a scanning device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of another scanning device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a scanning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a scanning surface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an object to be scanned tilted according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a scanning path provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a reset path provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 10a is a schematic diagram of a text box provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 10b is a schematic diagram of the OCR model provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a text box on a scanning surface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a central curve of a text box provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of scanning path planning provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a scanning optical path provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another scanning optical path provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of a typesetting process provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- Fig. 17 is a schematic layout diagram of an ID card provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of an image forming apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a printing process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- a conventional image scanning device 100 includes a glass table 1 on which an object to be scanned can be placed, a fluorescent lamp 2, a prism 3 and a photoelectric conversion element 4, the moving direction and the moving speed of the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 are fixed, and the fluorescent lamp 2 and prism 3 can only reciprocate along the direction I in Figure 1.
- the user places the book 5 on the glass table 1 and lets the image scanning device 100 perform a scanning operation.
- the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 move from the starting position to the ending position along the direction I at the same time, and the scanning light emitted by the fluorescent lamp 2 passes through the glass table 1.
- the scanning surface of the book 5 is irradiated, and the surface of the book 5 facing the glass table 1 and receiving the scanning light is the scanning surface.
- the scanning surface reflects the scanning light to the prism 3, and the prism 3 receives the scanning light carrying the scanning surface information, and then the prism 3 reflects the received scanning light to the photoelectric conversion element 4, and the photoelectric conversion element 4 converts the received scanning light It is converted into a digital signal to obtain the image data of the scanned surface, and a scanned image can be obtained according to the image data.
- the area of the spine 6 on the scanning surface may be separated from the glass table 1 by a certain distance, and in the obtained scanned image, the image of the adjacent area of the spine 6 may be distorted and appear relatively dark. As shown in Figure 2, the adjacent area of the spine 6 The image for has shadows and is blurry. For a relatively thick book, the text content in the image of the adjacent area of the spine 6 will also be deformed.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a scanning method
- the scanning method includes determining the scanning surface of the object to be scanned, and then controlling the scanning of the scanning surface according to the placement state of the scanning surface, that is, with The scanning policy associated with the placement state scans the contents of the scanning surface.
- the scanning strategies for scanning the scanning surface are different.
- the arrangement state of the scanning surface may include the arrangement position of the scanning surface, the arrangement angle of the scanning surface and/or the shape of the scanning surface, wherein the arrangement position of the scanning surface includes the position of the scanning surface.
- the placement angle of the scanning surface is relative to the preset horizontal reference.
- the shape of the scanning surface is the shape presented by the scanning surface, and the shape presented by the scanning surface includes a curved shape and/or a non-curved shape.
- the scanning strategies for scanning the scanning surfaces are different.
- the scanning paths planned for the scanning surfaces are different, that is, the scanning starting point and the scanning end point of scanning the scanning surfaces are different.
- the scanning strategy for scanning the scanning surface is different, for example, the scanning direction for the scanning surface is different.
- the scanning strategy for scanning the scanning surface is different, for example, the moving speed of the scanning component is different when scanning the scanning surface.
- the scanning component scans the scanning surface the emitting directions of the scanning light are different, or, when the scanning component scans the scanning surface, the reflecting directions of the scanning light are different.
- the emission direction and the reflection direction are the propagation directions of the scanning light
- the emission direction is the propagation direction of the scanning light to the scanning surface after the light source emits the scanning light.
- the reflection direction is the propagation direction of the scanning light reflected by the scanning surface after being reflected by the first reflector.
- the shape of the scanning surface includes a curved shape, that is, the scanning surface has a curved area (hereinafter referred to as a curved area), and may also include a non-curved area (hereinafter referred to as a non-curved area).
- the scanning of the curved area is controlled according to the scanning strategy associated with the curved shape of the curved area. For example, different areas have different bending degrees and different scanning rates.
- the scanning strategies are different when the arrangement states of the scanning surfaces are different. Therefore, based on the scanning method of the embodiment of the present application, the problem of poor scanning and imaging quality can be solved at the source, the scanning and imaging quality can be improved, and the automation and intelligence of scanning can be improved.
- An embodiment of the present application provides a scanning method, which can be executed by a scanning device. It can be understood that the scanning device may be presented in different product forms in different scenarios.
- the functionality of the scanning means may be implemented by software means. It can also be realized by hardware devices, and can also be realized by a combination of software devices and hardware devices.
- the scanning method of the embodiment of the present application can be performed by hardware equipment, for example, please refer to FIG.
- the scanning component 202 controlled by the controller.
- the object to be scanned 300 is placed on the carrier 201 , and the scanning surface 310 of the object to be scanned 300 is the surface of the object to be scanned 300 close to the carrier 201 , and the surface receives scanning by the scanning component 202 .
- the scanning surface contains the content that needs to be scanned currently.
- the scanning surface 310 includes a first area and a second area, and the degree of curvature corresponding to the first area and the second area is different, such as the first area can be a non-curved area (such as the rectangular frame 1 (A 1 A 2 A 51 A in Fig.
- the second area can be a curved area (as shown in Figure 3 area (A 51 A 52 A 61 A 62 ), or any sub-area within the area).
- both the first region and the second region may also be curved regions, but the degrees of curvature of these two regions are different, for example, two different degrees of curvature in the regions (A 51 A 52 A 61 A 62 ) in FIG. 3 Area.
- the carrier 201 includes a transparent platform, such as a flat glass platform composed of transparent glass.
- a transparent platform such as a flat glass platform composed of transparent glass.
- the material and form of the carrier 201 are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the scanning device 200 may execute the scanning method provided by the embodiment of the present application through a controller.
- the controller acquires the placement state of the scanning surface 310 of the object 300 to be scanned, and then controls the scanning of the scanning surface 310 according to the placement state of the scanning surface 310 of the object 300 to be scanned, so as to realize the scanning of the content on the scanning surface 310 .
- the controller may obtain the placement state of the scanning surface 310 in the following manner:
- the controller first controls the scanning component 202 to pre-scan the object 300 to be scanned to obtain a pre-scanned image of the object 300 to be scanned, perform image processing on the pre-scanned image, and identify the image area of the object 300 to be scanned in the pre-scanned image.
- the image area of the object 300 to be scanned in the pre-scanned image is the scanned area of the scanning surface 310 . Therefore, the image area of the object to be scanned 300 in the pre-scanned image is the image area of the scanning surface 310 (hereinafter referred to as the scanning area area), and the controller can determine the scanning surface 310 of the object to be scanned 300 according to the image area of the scanning surface 310 .
- the controller extracts features that can express the curved shape of the scanning surface 310 from the scanning surface area, such as extracting the arrangement of content (such as text) in the pre-scanned image, and then determines the curved shape of the scanning surface 310 according to the characteristics of the content arrangement .
- the controller may also determine the area occupied by the scan surface area in the pre-scan image, and determine the position area of the scan surface 310 of the object to be scanned 300 on the carrier 201 according to the position area of the scan surface area in the pre-scan image, Furthermore, the placement position of the scanning surface 310 can be obtained.
- the placement position of the scanning surface 310 on the carrier 201 can be obtained according to the coordinates of the rectangular frame (B 1 B 2 B 3 B 4 ).
- the controller can obtain the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 according to the placement position of the scanning surface 310 and a preset horizontal reference.
- the scanning component 202 of the scanning device 200 includes a light source 212, a first reflector 222, a photoelectric conversion element 232 and a driving component (not shown).
- the scanning component 202 may be disposed above or below the carrier 201, or in other directions, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the following solutions are illustrated by taking the scanning component 202 disposed under the carrier 201 as an example.
- the light source 212 can emit scanning light, and the scanning light penetrates the transparent part of the carrier 201 and irradiates to the scanning surface 310 of the object to be scanned 300, and the scanning surface 310 reflects the scanning light to the first reflector 222, and the first reflector 222 will reflect The scanning light on it is reflected to the photoelectric conversion element 232 , and the photoelectric conversion element 232 converts the received scanning light into a digital signal to obtain the image data of the scanning surface 310 to realize scanning the contents of the scanning surface 310 .
- the light source 212 can be one of lasers, fluorescent tubes, light emitting diode assemblies, tungsten lamps and any combination thereof, or the light source 212 can be one of lasers, fluorescent tubes, light emitting diode assemblies, tungsten lamps and any combination thereof One and the control assembly.
- the light source 212 in addition to the reciprocating movement of the light source 212 along the initial scanning direction J, the light source 212 can also be adjusted as follows:
- the moving speed of the light source 212 is adjustable, that is, the light source 212 does not move at a constant speed during the scanning process.
- a non-curved area such as the rectangular frame (A 1 A 2 A 51 A 52 ) or rectangular frame (A 3 A 4 A 61 A 62 ) in Figure 3
- a curved area such as the rectangular frame (A 51 A 52 A 61 A 62 )
- the light source 212 scans the non-curved area at a first moving rate
- the light source 212 scans the curved area at a second moving rate, wherein the first moving rate is greater than the second moving rate, that is, the light source 212 scans the curved area at a slower moving rate.
- the light source 212 scans the curved region with a greater degree of curvature at a slower moving speed. If the light source 212 scans areas with different degrees of curvature at the same moving rate, the light source 212 undergoes the same displacement at the same time at the same moving rate, but the area of the light source 212 passing through the curved area on the scanning surface 310 is larger than the area of the non-curved area, or When the light source 212 undergoes the same displacement, the expanded area or length of the curved region on the scanning surface 310 is larger than the area or length of the non-curved region.
- the area that the scanning light can sufficiently scan the non-curved area is smaller than the area of the curved area, and correspondingly, less content can be fully scanned on the scanning surface 310 .
- the light source 212 scans the curved area and the non-curved area on the scanning surface at different moving rates, or the light source 212 scans the areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface at different moving rates, so as to ensure that the scanning light passes through the scanning area at the same time.
- the path of the curved area on the surface 310 is the same or close to that of the non-curved area, that is, the path of the curved area when it is unfolded into a non-curved shape is the same or close to the path of the non-curved area, then the scanning light can fully scan the curved area of the scanning surface 310 information on the scanning surface 310 to reduce the shadow and deformation of scanning imaging in the curved area.
- the curved area is the area on the scanning surface 310 that is attached to the carrier 201
- the non-bending area is the area on the scanning surface 310 that is not attached to the carrier 201 .
- the light source 212 may include a light source body 213 and a control component or a driving component for controlling the light source body 213 .
- the light source 212 further includes a first control component 214 , the first control component 214 can control the light source body 213 according to the signal output by the controller, so as to adjust the moving speed of the light source body 213 .
- the light source 212 may also include a corresponding driving component (not shown), which is used to drive the light source body 213 and the first control component 214 according to the signal output by the controller, so as to adjust the moving speed of the light source body 213 .
- the position of the light source 212 can be adjusted.
- the light source 212 can adjust the scanning path according to the position of the scanning surface 310 of the object 300 to be scanned.
- the starting position of the scanning of the light source 212 can be adjusted, and the end position of the scanning of the light source 212 can also be adjusted.
- the scanning starting point of the light source 212 can be adjusted to the position corresponding to the frame A 1 A 2 of the scanning surface 310
- the scanning end point can be adjusted to the position corresponding to the frame A 3 A 4 of the scanning surface 310 .
- the light source 212 moves from the position corresponding to the frame A 1 A 2 to the position corresponding to the frame A 3 A 4 .
- the controller can adjust the position of the light source body 213 through the first control component 214 or the driving component.
- the drive assembly or first control assembly 214 may be part of the controller.
- the end point of the light source 212 approaches or exceeds the boundary of the scanning device 200 during the scanning movement, for example, exceeds the boundary of the plane where the carrier 201 is located. Therefore, during the scanning process of the light source 212, it is detected whether the position of the light source 212 exceeds the space range allowed to move, if it reaches the boundary allowed to move, or before reaching the boundary, keep the placement angle of the light source 212 unchanged, and translate the light source 212, and make the light source 212 continue to move in the direction before translation to complete the scan.
- any part of the light source 212 is about to approach the plane where the frame B 1 B 3 is located during the moving process of the light source 212, then keep the placement angle of the light source 212 and move to the direction where the frame B 2 B 4 is located. By adjusting the position of the light source 212 during scanning, it is ensured that no mechanical collisions are found.
- the placement angle of the light source 212 can be adjusted.
- the placement angle of the light source 212 can be adjusted according to the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 . If the horizontal frame B 1 B 3 of the carrier 201 is used as a preset horizontal reference, the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 is the sandwich between the horizontal frame A 2 A 4 and the horizontal frame B 1 B 3 of the scanning surface 310 horn. Or, taking the vertical frame B 1 B 2 of the carrier 201 as the preset horizontal reference, the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 is that the vertical frame A 1 A 2 and the vertical frame B 1 B 2 of the scanning surface 310 are angle between.
- the horizontal datum may also be other reference objects or reference coordinate systems, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the light source 212 is parallel to the vertical frame B 1 B 2 of the carrier 201, if the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 is 30 degrees, adjust the placement angle of the light source 212 to be 30 degrees, that is, rotate the light source 212 by 30 degrees degrees, so that the rotated light source 212 is parallel to the vertical frame B 1 B 2 of the scanning plane 310 , or makes the rotated light source 212 perpendicular to the horizontal frame B 1 B 3 of the scanning plane 310 .
- the placement angle of the light source 212 it is ensured that the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 can more fully irradiate the content on the scanning surface 310 .
- the controller can adjust the placement angle of the light source body 213 through the first control component 214 or the driving component.
- the light source body 213 can be translated along the direction C to adjust the swing of the light source body 213. put angle.
- the controller outputs the placement angle of the scanning surface to the first control component 214, and the first control component 214 adjusts the placement angle of the light source body 213, such as tilting the angle of the light source body 213 along the direction C, so that the light source body 213 is the fluorescent tube body Vertical to the scanning direction, or make the light source body 213 parallel to the vertical frame A 1 A 2 of the scanning surface 310 , or make the light source body 213 perpendicular to the text direction on the scanning surface 310 . Ensure that the moving direction of the scanning light emitted by the light source body 213 is consistent with the direction of the text on the scanning surface 310 .
- the moving direction of the light source 212 can be adjusted.
- the moving direction of the light source 212 is the scanning direction of the scanning device 200 .
- the light source 212 can move and scan along the frame direction of the scanning surface 310 , such as the frame A 2 A 4 direction.
- the light source 212 can move and scan along the arrangement direction of the contents on the scanning surface 310 , for example, the direction of characters. If the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 changes, the placement angle and moving direction of the light source 212 can be adjusted according to the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 .
- the scanning direction is set according to the frame of the scanning surface 310 , the light source 212 can scan the scanning surface 310 more fully.
- the scanning direction is set according to the direction of the text, the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 can more fully irradiate the text on the scanning surface 310 .
- the direction of the light source 212 can be adjusted. By adjusting the direction of the light source 212 to change the emission direction of the scanning light emitted by the light source 212, it is ensured that the scanning light can more fully irradiate the content on the scanning surface. As shown in FIG. 3 , the orientation of the light source body 213 can be adjusted.
- the light emitting area 215 is an area on the light source body 213 that emits scanning light.
- the direction of the light emitting area 215 changes, and the light emitting area 215 can emit scanning light in a predetermined direction, that is, the light source 212 can rotate around the axis H in the direction B
- the rotation deflects and scans the scanning light emitted by the light source body 213 to a predetermined angle range, so that the scanning light can be incident on the scanning surface 310 in a corresponding emission direction.
- the controller outputs the first emission direction or the second emission direction to the first control component 214 according to the first region and the second region with different curvature degrees on the scanning surface 310, and the first control component 214 adjusts the orientation of the light emitting region 215 in the light source body 213 , so that the orientation of the light-emitting area 215 is the first emission direction or the second emission direction output by the controller.
- the controller When scanning the non-curved area, the controller outputs the first emission direction, and the first control component 214 controls the scanning light emitted by the light source body 213 to irradiate the first area of the scanning surface 310 according to the first emission direction, and controls the light source body 213 Sending scanning light to the first emission direction, the light source body 213 can be adjusted so that the scanning light emitted by the light source body 213 forms a second angle with the carrier 201 for carrying the object 300 to be scanned, and the scanning light is incident in the first emission direction To the scanning surface 310 , the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 is always the first angle.
- the controller When scanning the curved area, the controller outputs a second emission direction, and the first control component 214 controls the scanning light emitted by the light source body 213 to irradiate the curved area of the scanning surface 310 according to the second emission direction, and controls the light source body 213 to emit light to the second emission direction.
- the light source body 213 can be adjusted so that the light source body 213 emits a scanning light and the carrier 201 forms a third included angle, wherein the second included angle is different from the third included angle.
- the emission direction is incident on the scanning surface 310 , and the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 is always the first angle.
- the light source 212 may also include a light deflection component (not shown in the figure), and the adjustment of the emission direction of the emitted scanning light may also be performed by the light deflection component, which is used to deflect the light emitted by the light source 212.
- the scanning light is used to make the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 incident on the scanning surface 310 of the object to be scanned 300 in a certain direction.
- the light deflection component can deflect and scan the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 to a predetermined angle range, that is, the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 is reflected to the light deflection component, and the controller outputs the first emission direction or the second emission direction to the light
- the deflection component, or the controller outputs the first emission direction or the second emission direction to the first control component 214, and the first control component 214 controls the light deflection component according to the first emission direction or the second emission direction, and the light deflection component
- the scanning light is deflected according to the first emitting direction or the second emitting direction, so that the scanning light deflected by the light deflection component enters the scanning surface 310 in the corresponding first emitting direction or the second emitting direction, thereby adjusting the scanning light and the scanning surface.
- the scanning light is deflected by the light deflection component, so that the first included angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 remains constant.
- the light deflection component receives the first emission direction, then the light deflection component deflects the scanning light according to the first emission direction, so that the deflected scanning light forms a second angle with the carrier 201, and the scanning light Incident to the scanning surface 310 in the first emission direction, the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 is always the first angle.
- the light deflection component receives the second emission direction, then the light deflection component deflects the scanning light according to the second emission direction, so that the deflected scanning light forms a third angle with the carrier 201, and the scanning light follows the second emission direction
- the two emission directions are incident on the scanning surface 310 , and the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 is always the first angle.
- the controller can control the light source 212 to emit scanning light toward the first predetermined direction, so that after the emitted scanning light is deflected by the light deflection component, the propagation direction of the deflected scanning light to the scanning surface 310 is the first emitting direction .
- the controller can control the light source 212 to emit the scanning light toward the second predetermined direction according to the second emission direction, so that after the scanning light is deflected by the light deflection component, the deflected scanning light travels toward the scanning surface 310 in the propagation direction is the second emission direction.
- the first predetermined direction and the second predetermined direction can be deduced according to the principle of reflection and the first emission direction and the second emission direction.
- the surface of the first reflector 222 has a reflective surface 225, and the reflective surface 225 reflects the scanning light reflected by the scanning surface 310.
- the scanning light reflected by the scanning surface 310 the light and shadow changes according to the presence and Otherwise, the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface 310 (which is the image information on the scanning surface 310 ) is reflected to the photoelectric conversion element 232 through the reflecting surface 225 .
- the first reflector 222 may be a mirror, such as a prism.
- the first reflector 222 can reciprocate in the initial scanning direction J, that is, in addition to reciprocating the first reflector 222 along the scanning direction according to the light source 212, the first reflector 222 can also Make the following adjustments:
- the moving direction of the first reflector 222 can be adjusted, and the moving direction of the first reflector 222 is the scanning direction of the scanning device 200 .
- the moving direction of the first reflector 222 is consistent with the moving direction of the light source 212 , and when the moving direction of the light source 212 is adjusted, the moving direction of the first reflector 222 is correspondingly adjusted. Adjusting the moving direction of the first reflector 222 ensures that the first reflector 222 can better receive the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface 310 .
- the orientation of the first reflector 222 can be adjusted.
- the first reflector 222 can be rotated to adjust the direction in which the scanning light is reflected by the reflective surface 225 of the first reflector 222, and the direction of the scanning light after being reflected by the scanning surface 310 can be changed.
- the reflection direction is such that the first reflector 222 can receive the scanning light to the greatest extent, and can smoothly reflect the received scanning light to the photoelectric conversion element 232 .
- the moving rate of the first reflector 222 can be adjusted, that is, the first reflector 222 does not move at a constant rate during the scanning process.
- a 51 A 52 ) or a rectangular frame (A 3 A 4 A 61 A 62 )) and a curved area (such as the rectangular frame (A 51 A 52 A 61 A 62 ) in Figure 3) have different moving speeds.
- the moving speed of the first reflector 222 is consistent with or close to the moving speed of the light source 212 . When the moving speed of the light source 212 is adjusted, the moving speed of the first reflector 222 is correspondingly adjusted.
- the first reflector 222 may include a first reflector body 223 and a second control component 224 for controlling the first reflector body 223 , wherein the second The control component 224 can control the first reflector body 223 according to the signal output by the controller. That is, the second control component 224 can control the first reflector body 223 to adjust the above-mentioned moving direction, reflecting direction or moving speed.
- the second control component 224 can also be used to drive the first reflector body 223, then the controller outputs the movement rate to the second control component 224, and the second control component 224 drives according to the movement rate The first reflector body 223 advances.
- the driving assembly can simultaneously drive the light source body 213 and the first reflector body 223 to move toward the object 300 to be scanned along the scanning direction, and can simultaneously drive the light source body 213 and the first reflector body 223 at the same moving speed.
- the first reflector body 223 may include a motor or belt, and may further include a drive controller that controls the motor or belt.
- the driving assembly is basically the same as the assembly for driving the light source body 213 and the first reflector body 223 of the conventional scanning device 200 , therefore, its detailed description is omitted.
- the scanning component 202 further includes a second reflector 242 , and the position of the second reflector 242 is fixed, that is, the second reflector 242 does not move along with the light source 212 .
- the second reflector 242 can serve as a light relay to reflect the scanning light reflected by the first reflector 222 to the photoelectric conversion element 232 .
- the second reflector 242 may be a mirror, such as a prism.
- the first reflector 222 may be a moving prism
- the second reflector 242 may be a fixed prism.
- the photoelectric conversion element 232 is used to receive the light reflected by the scanning component 202, such as light reflected by a prism, and convert the received light image into an electrical signal to output image data.
- the photoelectric conversion element 232 may be a photoelectric sensor, which is a device that converts optical signals into electrical signals. Its working principle is based on the photoelectric effect.
- the photoelectric effect refers to that when light is irradiated on certain substances, the electrons of the substance absorb the energy of photons and a corresponding electric effect occurs. According to the different phenomena of photoelectric effect, photoelectric effect can be divided into three categories: external photoelectric effect, internal photoelectric effect and photovoltaic effect. Photoelectric devices include phototubes, photomultiplier tubes, photoresistors, photodiodes, phototransistors, and photocells.
- the optical scanning device 200 may further include a signal processing component (not shown in the figure), and the signal processing component processes the image data output by the photoelectric conversion element 232 to output an image signal.
- the signal processing component may include a driving circuit and a signal processor. Under the action of the driving circuit, the photoelectric conversion element 232 converts light into a digital signal, and the digital signal is processed by the signal processor to obtain an image signal.
- the conventional image scanning device 100 scans, whether it is scanning the first area or scanning the second area, it controls the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 to work with conventional control parameters, such as controlling the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 to move at a constant speed Move, control the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 to move in a constant scanning direction, control the fluorescent lamp 2 to emit scanning light in a constant emission direction, and the prism 3 receives the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface 310 in a constant attitude.
- conventional control parameters such as controlling the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 to move at a constant speed Move, control the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 to move in a constant scanning direction, control the fluorescent lamp 2 to emit scanning light in a constant emission direction, and the prism 3 receives the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface 310 in a constant attitude.
- the scanning device 200 When scanning to the non-curved area of the scanning surface 310, the scanning device 200 provided by the embodiment of the present application works in the same way as a conventional scanning device, and the controller controls the light source 212 and the first reflector 222 to move at a constant rate (such as the second a moving speed) to move, control the light source 212 to emit scanning light with a constant emission direction (such as the first emission direction), and the scanning surface 310 reflects the scanning light to the first reflector 222, and the first reflector 222 emits the scanning light at a constant
- the posture receives the scanning light reflected by the scanning surface 310, the first reflector 222 receives the scanning light carrying the information of the scanning surface 310, and then the first reflector 222 reflects the received scanning light in a constant reflection direction to the photoelectric conversion Element 232.
- the conventional image scanning device 100 When scanning to the curved area of the scanning surface 310, the conventional image scanning device 100 still controls the work of the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 with the above-mentioned conventional control parameters. is unchanged, and the scanning of the corresponding scanning components (fluorescent lamp 2 and prism 3) is also unchanged. The scanning light is then reflected on the scanning surface 310 instead of the glass stage.
- the incident angles of the scanning light in the non-curved area and the curved area are different, that is, the scanning light scanning the non-curved area of the scanning surface 310 and the The included angle of the non-curved area is different from the included angle between the scanning light scanning the curved area of the scanning surface and the curved area.
- the scanning light carried by the scanning light on the non-curved area and the scanning light on the curved area The amount of information on the plane 310 is different.
- the angle of the reflected scanning light also changes, that is, the angle of the scanning light reflected in the curved area is relative to the angle of the scanning light reflected in the non-curved area Something has changed. For a position with a relatively large degree of curvature, the deviation of the reflected scanning light emission angle will be greater, and the text content on the obtained scanning light information will be deformed. And if the prism 3 is not adjusted, the prism 3 may not be able to receive the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface 310 . If the scanning light cannot be transmitted to the prism 3, it will directly result in no scanning information input into the photoelectric conversion element 4 in the position area, and it will be assumed that there is no information by default, so the bending groove part is black.
- the moving speed of the scanning component of the conventional scanning device is constant, but the speed of the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 passing through the curved area of the scanning surface 310 will change, resulting in omission of information acquired by the scanning light, causing stretching deformation of the scanning image.
- the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 pass through the scanning surface 310 at the same moving speed, that is, the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 keep a constant moving speed while scanning the scanning surface 310, the scanning speed of the curved area and the non-bending area on the scanning surface 310 is different. the same.
- the scanning speeds of the curved regions with different degrees of curvature are different.
- the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 go through the same displacement at the same moving speed in the same time, but the area of the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 passing through the curved area on the scanning surface is larger than the area of the non-bending area, or in other words, when the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 undergo the same displacement , the expanded area or length of the curved region on the scanning surface 310 is larger than the area or length of the non-curved region.
- the curved area is a semicircle with a radius of 5 cm.
- the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 undergo a 10 cm displacement in the same time.
- the arc is expanded, and the arc is the side length of the scanning surface 310.
- the distance between the fluorescent lamp 2 and the scanning surface of the prism 3 passing through the curved area is 5 ⁇ cm, and 5 ⁇ cm is greater than 10cm.
- the correspondingly the speed of receiving and scanning in this area becomes faster, that is, if the scanning surface 310 passes through the scanning surface 310 at a constant moving speed, the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 pass through the same displacement at the same moving speed at the same time, but
- the area of the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 passing through the curved area on the scanning surface is larger than the area of the non-bending area, or when the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 undergo the same displacement, the area or length of the curved area on the scanning surface is larger than the area of the non-bending area or long.
- the area that the scanning light can fully scan the non-curved area is smaller than the area of the curved area, and correspondingly, the content that can be fully scanned on the scanning surface becomes less.
- the information obtained by the scanning light is missing, and the scanning image is not clear.
- the scanning device 200 in the embodiment of the present application scans the curved area of the scanning surface 310 , the scanning device 200 recognizes that the currently scanned area is in a curved state, and acquires the curved state of the area, that is, the curved shape.
- the controller calculates corresponding scanning parameters according to the curved shape, and the controller outputs the corresponding scanning parameters to the scanning component 202, and the scanning component 202 works according to the corresponding scanning parameters.
- the controller calculates the corresponding second moving rate according to the curved shape, and the second moving rate when passing through the curved area of the scanning surface 310 is smaller than the first moving rate when passing through the non-curved area of the scanning surface 310, and if the curved The more curved the area, the smaller the value of the corresponding second movement speed. Therefore, the controller controls the scanning component 202 to scan the scanning surface 310 at a constant first moving speed in the non-curved region, and controls the scanning component 202 to scan the scanning surface 310 at the second moving speed in the curved region. If the bending states of the bending regions are different, the scanning component 202 is controlled to scan the scanning surface 310 at a second moving rate of a different value.
- the distance of the scanning component 202 passing through the curved region on the scanning surface 310 is the same as or close to that of the non-curved region within the same time period, that is, the distance when the curved region is unfolded into a non-curved shape The same or close to the path of the non-curved region.
- the scanning component 202 scans the scanning surface 310 sufficiently and uniformly, that is, the scanning light is fully and uniformly irradiated to the scanning surface 310 to ensure clear scanning images.
- Adjusting the moving rate in real time according to the shape of the scanning surface 310 can ensure that the scanning light fully scans the information of the curved area of the scanning surface 310, and reduces the deformation of scanning imaging in the curved area of the scanning surface 310.
- the controller should keep the first included angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 constant, and calculate the emission direction of the scanning light according to the bending state.
- the first emission direction when scanning the non-curved area is different from the second emission direction when scanning the curved area, and the corresponding direction values of the second emission direction of the curved areas with different curved shapes, ie different degrees of curvature, are also different.
- the controller controls the light source 212 so that the direction in which the scanning light emits to the scanning surface is constant as the first emission direction, ensuring that the angle between the scanning light and the non-curved area is the first angle, and the scanning light and the non-curved area are at the first angle.
- the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned forms a second included angle.
- the first included angle is equal to the second included angle.
- the controller controls the light source 212 so that the direction in which the scanning light is emitted to the scanning surface is the second emission direction, ensuring that the angle between the scanning light and the curved area is also constant at the first angle, then the scanning light and the curved area are also constant at the first angle.
- the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned forms a third included angle.
- the first emission direction is different from the second emission direction
- the third included angle is different from the second included angle.
- the angle between the scanning light and the curved area on the scanning surface 310 is the first angle
- the angle between the scanning light and the non-curved area on the scanning surface 310 is also the first angle
- the photosensitive direction on the scanning surface 310 is consistent or Proximity, to realize that the scanning of the curved area is consistent or close to the scanning of the non-curved area, so that the photosensitive intensity of each area on the scanning surface is consistent and uniform, so that no black area appears in the scanning result.
- the curved surface is scanned as a plane to reduce the deformation of the text content caused by the different angles of the incident scanning light in the curved area.
- the controller Based on the adjustment of the emission direction of the scanning light, the controller adjusts the reflection direction of the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface 310 by the first reflector 222 according to the principle of reflection, so as to ensure that the scanning light reflected from the curved area of the scanning surface 310 can be smoothly transmitted to
- the second reflector 242 is guided to the photoelectric conversion element 232 through the second reflector 242 . Information loss is reduced, and blackening of the curved area of the scanning surface 310 is reduced.
- the scanning plane 310 exists.
- the placement angle if the light source 212 is not adjusted, the direction of the text on the object 300 to be scanned is inclined at a certain angle to the direction in which the light source 212 is about to advance.
- the controller adjusts the placement angle of the light source 212 so that the moving direction of the scanning light is consistent with or close to the direction of the text.
- the light source body 213 is perpendicular to the scanning direction as a whole before adjustment, or the light source body 213 is parallel to the vertical direction of the carrier 201, that is, the light source body 213 is parallel to the vertical frame of the carrier 201, the light source body 213 is along the direction of the initial scanning direction J. Horizontal scanning of the carrier. However, based on the fact that the position of the object to be scanned 300 is tilted at a certain angle, and the position of the scanning surface 310 is greater than the preset angle, the controller will adjust the light source 212 and translate the light source body 213 along the direction C, so that the light source body 213 is in the same direction as the object to be scanned. The frame of the scanned object 300 is parallel.
- the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 is 35 degrees, then adjust the placement angle of the light source body 213 to 35 degrees, so that the angle between the light source body 213 and its unadjusted position is 35 degrees, ensuring that the moving direction of the scanning light is consistent with Text direction remains the same or close.
- the controller can also adjust the position of the light source 212 according to the space limitation of the scanning device 200 during the scanning process. Based on the above-mentioned adjustment of the placement angle of the light source body 213 , the light source body 213 may exceed its allowed range of motion during the scanning process. Therefore, it is necessary to adjust the position of the light source body 213 in real time. If the position of the light source body 213 is adjusted up and down along the direction A, it is ensured that mechanical collision will not be found.
- the scanning start point and the scanning end point of the light source 212 are adjusted.
- the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 the placement angle of the light source 212 is adjusted to ensure that the moving direction of the scanning light is consistent with or close to the direction of the text.
- the position of the light source 212 is adjusted to ensure that no mechanical collision is found.
- the moving speed is adjusted in real time according to the shape of the scanning surface 310 to ensure that the speed of the scanning light passing through the curved area of the scanning surface 310 of the object 300 to be scanned is consistent or close to that of the straight area, ensuring that the scanning light passes through the scanning of the object 300 to be scanned
- the velocities of the curved regions of the face 310 with different degrees of curvature remain the same or close.
- the information of the curved area of the scanning surface 310 is fully scanned, and the deformation of the scanning image in the curved area of the scanning surface 310 is reduced.
- the light source 212 adjusts the light source 212 according to the curved state of the scanning surface 310, and adjust the emission direction of the scanning light so that the first angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 remains constant, that is, the angle between the scanning light and the curved area of the scanning surface is the same as the scanning light and the scanning surface.
- the included angles of the curved regions of the scanning surface 310 are the same.
- the photoelectric conversion element 232 reduces information loss and reduces the blackening of the curved area of the scanning surface 310 .
- the above description of the scanning device 200 is only an exemplary description, and the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the location and connection relationship of the specific hardware structure of the scanning device 200 .
- the scanning device 200 may include a memory 101 and one or more processors 102 .
- the memory 101 is used for storing program instructions.
- the memory 101 stores the executable instruction computer program of the scanning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, and the memory 101 can include at least one type of storage medium, and the storage medium includes a flash memory, a hard disk, a multimedia card, a card-type memory (for example, SD or DX memory etc.), Random Access Memory (RAM), Static Random Access Memory (SRAM), Read Only Memory (ROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM), Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM), Magnetic Memory , Disk, CD, etc.
- the scanning apparatus 200 may cooperate with a network storage that performs a storage function of the storage through a network connection.
- the storage 101 may be an internal storage unit of the scanning device 200 , such as a hard disk or a memory of the scanning device 200 .
- the memory 101 can also be an external storage device of the scanning device 200, such as a plug-in hard disk equipped on the scanning device 200, a smart memory card (Smart Media Card, SMC), a secure digital (Secure Digital, SD) card, a flash memory card (Flash Card) and so on.
- the memory 101 may also include both an internal storage unit of the scanning device 200 and an external storage device.
- the memory 101 is used to store computer programs and other programs and data required by the device.
- the memory can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or will be output.
- One or more processors 102 call the program instructions stored in the memory 101.
- the one or more processors 102 are individually or jointly configured to implement the following operations: determine the object to be scanned Scanning the surface, acquiring a curved shape of the scanning surface, and controlling scanning of the scanning surface according to the curved shape, so as to obtain an image of the scanning surface.
- the processor 102 of the embodiment of the present application may implement the scanning method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the scanning device 200 of the present embodiment may be described with reference to the scanning method of the embodiment of the present application below.
- the scanning device 200 can be integrated into a scanner, copier, or fax machine, or provide a multi-functional digital compound that integrates multiple functions such as printing, copying, scanning, and faxing. All-in-one (Multi Function Peripheral, MFP) and other image forming devices.
- MFP Multi Function Peripheral
- the scanning device 200 can be a scanner, a copier, a fax machine, or a multi-function digital composite that provides a scanner, a copier, a fax machine or a combination of printing, copying, scanning, faxing and other functions.
- Multi Function Peripheral (MFP) and other image forming devices wherein the copier can be a digital copier, an electrostatic copier, a laser printing device, and the like.
- the scanning device 200 provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to scenarios such as scanning, printing, and copying, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- a flow chart is used to illustrate the operations performed by the device according to the embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the preceding or following operations are not necessarily performed in an exact order. Instead, various steps may be processed in reverse order or concurrently, as desired. At the same time, other operations can be added to these procedures, or a certain step or steps can be removed from these procedures.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a scanning method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- the scanning method can be executed by the controller in the aforementioned scanning device 200, and the method can include the following steps:
- Step S502 Determine the scanning surface of the object to be scanned.
- the object to be scanned may be an object to be scanned and imaged by a user using a scanning device.
- the object to be scanned may be recording media such as books, magazines, and paper, and the object to be scanned may also be other objects that can be scanned by the scanning device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the scanning surface is the surface on the object to be scanned for receiving scanning, which may be the surface on the object to be scanned that receives the scanning light for scanning.
- the scanning surface of the object to be scanned is determined, that is, the surface on the object to be scanned that receives scanning is determined.
- the scanning surface of the object to be scanned can be determined according to the placement of the object to be scanned on the carrier. Exemplarily, if the object to be scanned is a book, the user opens the book to the page to be scanned, such as page 2 to page 3, and displays the pages of page 2 to page 3 of the book on the carrier, so that The scanning component can scan the pages of the 2nd page to the 3rd page, then the scanning surface may include the pages of the 2nd page and the 3rd page. In other cases, the scanning surface may also include edge areas of other pages.
- the object to be scanned is pre-scanned, and the area of the object to be scanned in the obtained pre-scanned image is the scanning surface area, which corresponds to the area where the scanning surface of the object to be scanned is located, so that it can be determined
- the scanning surface of the object to be scanned pre-scans the object to be scanned on the carrier to obtain a pre-scanned image, and performs image processing on the pre-scanned image to identify the object to be scanned in the pre-scanned image, and determines that the object to be scanned is located in the pre-scanned image.
- the area occupied by the pre-scanned image is the area occupied by the scanned surface in the pre-scanned image.
- the area of the scanning surface in the pre-scanning image may represent the scanning surface on the carrier, and the scanning surface on the carrier may be determined according to the area occupied by the scanning surface in the pre-scanning image.
- the scanning surface of the object to be scanned may also be determined in other ways, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the unfolded book is placed on the carrier 201, the position area ABCD in the pre-scanned image is the area of the object to be scanned, and the position area ABCD is the area of the scanning surface 310, which is received by the scanning surface 310 of the object 300 to be scanned.
- the surface of the object to be scanned corresponding to the ABCD area is the scanning surface 310 , and the scanning surface 310 includes pages 61 , 62 and edges 63 of other pages.
- the area with a curved shape on the scanning surface is a curved area (ie, a curved surface), and the area with a non-curved shape on the scanning surface is a non-curved area (ie, a plane).
- the scanning surface may include curved regions and non-curved regions, or the entire scanning surface may be a curved region.
- the scanning surface is a plane. If the line connecting any two points on the scanning surface cannot completely fall on the surface, the scanning surface can be regarded as a trajectory formed by a moving line (straight line or curve) moving continuously in space, then the scanning surface is a curved surface.
- the scanning surface may be divided into multiple sub-scanning surfaces, some of which are non-curved, and some of which are curved. That is, the plurality of sub-scanning surfaces include curved regions and non-curved regions.
- Step S504 Control the scanning of the scanning surface according to the arrangement state of the scanning surface, so as to obtain an image of the scanning surface. That is, according to the arrangement state of the scanning surface, the scanning strategy associated with the arrangement state is used to scan the contents of the scanning surface to obtain a scanned image.
- the arrangement state of the scanning surface may include the arrangement position of the scanning surface, the arrangement angle of the scanning surface and the shape of the scanning surface.
- the scanning strategy includes the moving speed of the scanning component, the orientation of the scanning component, the scanning direction of the scanning component, and the moving path of the scanning component.
- the orientation of the scanning component includes the direction in which the light source emits scanning light, and/or, the orientation of the first reflector.
- the scanning of the scanning surface is controlled according to the placement position of the scanning surface.
- the scanning of the scanning surface can be planned according to the placement position of the scanning surface.
- the scanning path of the scanning surface, the scanning path includes the scanning start point and the scanning end point, that is, the position where the scan starts and the end scan is controlled.
- control the scanning component to scan the scanning surface from the scanning starting point until reaching the scanning end point.
- scanning positioning can be performed according to the placement position of the scanning surface, and the scanning starting point and scanning end point of the scanning can be calculated.
- the starting position and the ending position of the area occupied by the scanning surface in the scanning device are calculated, and the scanning starting point of the scanning can be obtained according to the starting position of the scanning surface in the scanning device.
- the end position of the surface in the scanning device can be used to obtain the scanning end point of the scan, and the middle position of the scanning surface can also be obtained to complete the scanning positioning.
- the scanning of the scanning surface is controlled according to the placement angle of the scanning surface.
- the scanning of the scanning surface can be controlled according to the placement angle of the scanning surface.
- the scan direction in which the scan surface is scanned. The scanning direction can be adjusted according to the placement angle of the scanning surface, so that when the scanning surface is scanned according to the scanning direction, the scanning direction can be guaranteed to scan along the scanning surface.
- the scanning direction adjusted according to the placement angle of the scanning surface is consistent with or close to the direction of the text on the scanning surface, the text on the scanning surface can be scanned more fully.
- the scanning direction can be obtained according to the text direction on the scanning surface, and the text direction on the scanning surface can be set as the scanning direction, so that the text on the scanning surface can be scanned more fully. It can be understood that when the text direction on the scanning surface is parallel to the horizontal frame of the scanning surface on the object to be scanned, the scanning direction obtained according to the placement angle of the scanning surface is consistent with or close to the scanning direction obtained according to the text direction on the scanning surface.
- the text direction is parallel to the horizontal direction of the scanning surface or the text direction is parallel to the vertical direction of the scanning surface, that is, the layout of the text direction on the scanning surface is the normal reading direction, which can be based on the scanning surface.
- the text direction and the preset horizontal datum get the tilt angle of the scanning surface. That is, when there is an inclination angle between the text direction and the preset horizontal reference, correspondingly, there is an inclination angle in the scanning surface.
- the text direction is the sorting direction of the text on the scanning surface.
- the Text Orientation is set to Scan Orientation.
- adjusting the scanning direction according to the placement angle of the scanning surface includes setting the moving direction of the scanning component (light source and first reflector) according to the placement angle of the scanning surface, and may also include setting the moving direction according to the placement angle of the scanning surface. Adjust the placement angle of the light source.
- the moving direction of the scanning component (light source and first reflector) is set according to the placement angle of the scanning surface, such as the angle between the horizontal border of the scanning surface and a preset horizontal reference is the placement angle, and the horizontal reference is the carrier
- the horizontal frame of the horizontal frame then the angle between the horizontal frame of the scanning surface and the horizontal frame of the carrier is the placement angle, and the initial scanning direction J is adjusted according to the placement angle, that is, the initial scanning direction J is adjusted to the placement angle, so that after adjustment
- the scanning direction is parallel to the horizontal border of the scanning surface, and the moving direction of the scanning component is the adjusted scanning direction.
- the placement angle of the light source is adjusted according to the placement angle of the scanning surface.
- the angle between the horizontal border of the scanning surface and a preset horizontal reference is the placement angle
- the horizontal reference is the horizontal border of the carrier, so the scanning surface
- the included angle between the horizontal frame and the horizontal frame of the carrier is the placement angle
- the placement angle of the light source is adjusted according to the placement angle, that is, the included angle between the adjusted light source and the unadjusted light source is the placement angle, so that the adjusted light source is perpendicular to the horizontal frame of the scanning surface.
- the scanning of the scanning surface is controlled according to the curved state of the scanning surface, including the above-mentioned movement rate, the emission direction of the scanning light and The setting of scanning parameters such as the reflection direction of the scanning light, or control the scanning component to scan according to one or more of the scanning parameters of the moving rate, the emission direction of the scanning light and the reflection direction of the scanning light.
- the curved state of the scanning surface is the degree of curvature of the scanning surface, and the degree of curvature of the scanning surface can be obtained from the shape of the scanning surface.
- the shape of the scan surface includes a non-curved shape and/or a curved shape.
- the curved shape of the scanning surface may include a convex shape of the scanning surface and a concave shape of the scanning surface. According to the arrangement state of the scanning surface, it can be determined whether the scanning surface is a plane or a curved surface. If the arrangement state of the scanning surface is in a non-curved shape, the scanning surface is a plane. If the scanning surface is placed in a curved shape, the scanning surface is a curved surface.
- the curvature of the scanning surface may mean that the scanning surface is curved relative to a plane (such as a horizontal plane), and the curvature of the scanning surface may also be that the scanning surface is curved relative to the plane where the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned is located.
- the curved shape of the scanning surface may be the curved shape of the scanning surface relative to the plane, and the curved shape of the scanning surface may also be the curved shape of the scanning surface relative to the plane where the carrier is located.
- the degree of curvature of the scanning surface relative to the horizontal plane or relative to the plane on which the carrier is located can be determined from the curved shape of the scanning surface.
- the scanning surface includes a curved area and a non-curved area
- the curved shape of the scanning surface includes the curved shape of the scanning surface relative to the plane, and may also include the non-curved shape of the scanning surface relative to the plane.
- the curved shape of the scanning surface means that at least a part of the scanning surface presents a curved shape on the scanning surface.
- the curved shape of the scanning surface can be expressed by the degree of unevenness of the scanning surface or the flatness of the scanning surface, for example, parameters that can express the degree of curvature of the scanning surface can be obtained to express the curved shape of the scanning surface.
- the parameter may be curvature, curvature or slope, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- the curvature of the scanning surface is used to represent the curved shape of the scanning surface. If the curvature of the scanning surface is zero, the scanning surface is a plane, and the curved shape of the scanning surface is non-curved. If the curvature on the scan surface is non-zero, the scan surface is a curved surface, and the curved shape of the scan surface is curved.
- a line is taken on the scanning surface, and the extending direction of the line is parallel to the scanning direction, or the extending direction of the line is parallel to the text direction, and the scanning surface is represented by the slope of a line on the scanning surface curved shape.
- the text direction is the text sorting direction, such as the sorting direction of each character on the object to be scanned.
- the curved shape of the scanning surface includes that the scanning surface is curved and/or not curved. Each scanning surface has its corresponding curved shape.
- the curved shape of the scanning surface corresponding to the object to be scanned is different.
- the curved shape of the scanning surface corresponding to the page is different from the curved shape of the scanning surface corresponding to the 258th to 259th pages of the open book.
- the movement rate corresponding to the position area is calculated according to the curved shape of the scanning surface, so that the scanning speed of the entire scanning surface is consistent or close, so that the scanning light scanned on the scanning surface is projected onto the scanning surface
- the rate of scanning remains relatively stable, avoiding blurred or uneven scanning results due to the curved area on the scanning surface that makes the scanning light projected to the scanning surface too fast.
- Scanning imaging has a certain frame rate. If the scanning speed is too fast, the imaging will be blurred.
- the purpose of controlling the moving speed of the scanning component is to ensure that the scanning component scans the entire scanning surface fully and uniformly, that is, the scanning light is sufficient and Uniformly irradiates the entire scanning surface to ensure the clarity of the scanned image.
- the moving rate when scanning the non-curved area may be set as the first moving rate.
- the curved shape of the curved area on the scanning surface is obtained, and then the second moving rate corresponding to the curved area is obtained according to the first moving rate and the curved shape.
- the first rate of movement is different from the second rate of movement, wherein the first rate of movement is greater than the second rate of movement.
- the calculated moving speed is used to ensure that the scanning speed received by the entire scanning surface is consistent or close, for example, the speed that the entire scanning surface receives light irradiation is consistent or close.
- the movement rate is always the first movement rate.
- the moving rate is the second moving rate, which is calculated according to the first moving rate and the curved shape of the non-bending area, that is, the second moving rate is related to the bending degree of the curved area, that is, different
- the value of the second movement rate is different for the non-curved area of the curved shape. If the curved region is more curved, its corresponding second moving rate value is smaller. Accordingly, the corresponding moving speeds when the scanning component scans regions with different shapes on the scanning surface are calculated.
- adjust the angle or direction of the scanning light irradiating the scanning surface that is, ensure that the photosensitive angle of the curved area on the scanning surface is consistent or close to the photosensitive angle of the non-curved area on the scanning surface, and the scanning light is incident on the curved surface.
- the angle between the scanning light and the curved area is the same as the angle between the scanning light and the non-bending area when the scanning light is incident on the non-bending area, and the scanning light scans the entire scanning surface in the same angular direction.
- the information on the scanning surface obtained by the scanning light reflected by the curved surface is consistent or close to the information on the scanning surface obtained by the scanning light reflected by the plane, reducing the loss of scanning information on the curved surface, and the photosensitive intensity of each area on the scanning surface is consistent Uniform, so that there is no black area in the scanning result, reducing the stretching deformation of scanning imaging.
- the emission direction of the scanning light emitted by the light source can be controlled according to the shape of the scanning surface.
- the corresponding first emission direction and the second emission direction are calculated according to the constant included angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface and the curved shape of each region.
- the emission direction of the corresponding scanning light when scanning the non-curved area can be set as the first emission direction, so that the emitted scanning light forms a second angle with the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned.
- the first emission direction and the second emission direction need to ensure that when the scanning light emitted by the light source is incident on the scanning surface, the first angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface is constant, that is, the angle between the scanning light corresponding to the non-curved area and the scanning surface
- the angle is the first included angle
- the included angle between the corresponding scanning light and the scanning surface when the region is bent is also the first included angle.
- the first emission direction is different from the second emission direction.
- the emission direction is always the first emission direction.
- the emission direction is the second emission direction.
- the second emission direction is based on the first emission direction.
- the emission direction and the curved shape of the non-curved region are calculated, that is, the values of the corresponding second emission direction are different for the non-curved regions with different curved shapes and different degrees of curvature.
- the second included angle is different from the third included angle.
- the included angle between the scanning light and the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned is always the second included angle.
- the scanning The included angle between the light and the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned is a third included angle
- the third included angle is an angle obtained according to the second included angle and the curved shape of the scanning surface, that is, different curved shapes
- the value of the corresponding third included angle is different for different degrees of curvature.
- the posture of the first reflector can be calculated according to the shape of the scanning surface, based on ensuring that the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface can be received by the first reflector, and ensuring that the first reflector can The received scanning light is reflected to the photoelectric conversion element.
- the reflective surface on the first reflector for reflecting the scanning light forms a fourth angle with the horizontal plane. Based on the fact that the first included angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface is constant, it is ensured that the reflection direction of the scanning light on the reflecting surface of the first reflector is parallel to the horizontal plane, and the fourth included angle can be obtained according to the first included angle.
- the curved shape of the curved area on the scanning surface and then calculate the fifth included angle between the reflective surface and the horizontal plane, where the fifth included angle is an angle obtained from the first included angle and the curved shape of the scanning surface.
- the non-curved regions of different curved shapes have different degrees of curvature, and the values of the corresponding fifth included angles are different.
- the reflective surface of the first reflector is adjusted to adjust the angle at which the reflective surface receives the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface and the reflection direction of the scanning light reflected by the reflective surface, so that the scanning light reflected by the reflective surface
- the light enters the second reflector or the photoelectric conversion element in the direction of the maximum light intensity, so that the photoelectric conversion element experiences the maximum light intensity.
- obtaining the placement state of the scanning surface may include performing image processing on the pre-scanning image to obtain the placement state of the scanning surface after pre-scanning the scanning surface to obtain a pre-scan image.
- the following is an introduction by processing the pre-scanned image to obtain the arrangement state of the scanned surface.
- the placement angle of the object to be scanned on the carrier is relatively random.
- the horizontal border OL of the carrier is the preset horizontal reference. If the horizontal border of the scanning surface area of the object to be scanned, such as A 1 A 4 When the included angle of the horizontal border OL of is greater than a certain threshold angle, the object to be scanned is tilted.
- the object to be scanned has a certain placement angle, that is, the scanning surface 310 has a certain placement angle relative to a preset horizontal reference, and the placement angle is the scanning surface placement angle.
- the placement angle can be calculated and used to adjust the light source of the scanning device, so as to adjust the scanning direction of the light source and the attitude of the light source.
- the initial scanning direction J is along the direction of the horizontal border of the carrier, and the initial scanning direction J can be rotated according to the placement angle to obtain a new scanning direction, which is consistent with the vertical border OL or the scanning surface. Borders A 1 A 4 are parallel.
- the vertical frame OW of the carrier can also be used as a preset horizontal reference, if the vertical frame of the scanning surface area of the object to be scanned, such as the vertical frame of A 1 A 2 and the carrier When the angle between the straight frame OW is greater than a certain threshold angle, the object to be scanned is tilted.
- the object to be scanned has a certain placement angle, that is, the scanning surface 310 has a certain placement angle relative to a preset horizontal reference, and the placement angle is the scanning surface placement angle.
- the initial scanning direction J is the direction of the vertical frame OW of the vertical carrier, and the initial scanning direction J can be rotated according to the placement angle to obtain a new scanning direction, which is consistent with the vertical frame OW or the scanning surface
- the bounding boxes of A 1 and A 2 are vertical.
- the processing flow for an inclined object to be scanned may include:
- the position area of the scanning surface area in the pre-scanning image can be obtained, as shown in Figure 7, in the Cartesian coordinate system OLW, the scanning surface area A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 can be calculated
- the angle between the horizontal frame A 1 A 4 and the horizontal axis OL of the rectangular coordinate system OLW (that is, the horizontal frame of the carrier), so as to obtain the rectangular coordinate system OLW established with the carrier and the object to be scanned or the scanning surface 310 and
- the included angle in the horizontal direction is the placement angle of the scanning surface.
- the angle between the sideline A 1 A 4 of the scanning surface area A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 and the horizontal axis OL of the rectangular coordinate system OLW is the placement angle of the scanning surface 310, and the line A 1 A 4 and the rectangular coordinate system
- (x 1 , y 1 ) is the coordinate value of A 1
- (x 4 , y 4 ) is the coordinate value of A 4 .
- the placement angle ⁇ of the scanning surface for the placement angle ⁇ of the scanning surface, that is, when there is a certain placement angle ⁇ between the placement of the object to be scanned and the horizontal direction, the placement angle ⁇ of the scanning surface can also be greater than the preset angle
- the light source is set inside the scanning device, and if the light source moves beyond the carrier area, then The light source may trigger other elements of the scanning device as an example, that is, the range in which the light source is allowed to move corresponds to the carrier area.
- the edge A 1 A 4 of the object to be scanned A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 is parallel to the horizontal coordinate OL of the carrier, scan according to the conventional scanning direction That is, for example, scanning horizontally in a horizontal direction.
- the area information of the carrier 201 is acquired, such as the carrier 201 is a quadrilateral B 1 B 2 B 3 B 4 , and the information of the light source 212 , such as the length H of the light source 212 .
- step 1 is performed, moving the light source 212 to the middle position A 5 A 6 of the scanning area A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 , and the light source 212 moves along the initial scanning direction J.
- step 2 adjust the scanning direction according to the placement angle of the scanning surface to obtain a new scanning direction K, and rotate the light source 212 to the placement angle ⁇ of the scanning surface, so that the light source 212 and the edge of the scanning surface area (A 1 A 2 or A 3 A 4 ) parallel, or make the light source 212 perpendicular to the edge of the scanning area (A 1 A 4 or A 2 A 3 ). That is, the light source 212 is rotated to be perpendicular to the horizontal frame of the scanning surface, and the light source 212 moves along the new scanning direction K.
- the light source 212 is rotated to be perpendicular to the text direction. Rotate the light source 212 along the text direction by the angle ⁇ , or first move the light source 212 horizontally to a certain position, and then tilt the light source 212 to the angle ⁇ of the scanning surface.
- Step 3 is executed to retract the light source 212 to the starting position A 1 A 2 of the scanning surface, that is, the starting point of scanning, so that the light source 212 is close to the starting position A 1 A 2 of the scanning surface.
- step 4 is executed to control the light source 212 to scan along the area A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 of the scanning surface, that is, the light source 212 moves along the text direction or the development direction of the scanning surface, and moves the light source 212 to the end position A 3 A of the scanning surface 4 is the scanning end point.
- the placement angle of the light source 212 and the length of the light source 212 calculate whether the top and bottom of the light source 212 will touch other elements of the scanning device, and adjust the position of the light source 212, such as the light source 212 can be placed along the upper and lower edges or borders of the carrier 201 (B 1 B 3 or B 2 B 4 ) Move the light source 212 in a direction to prevent the light source 212 from touching other components inside the scanning device 200 .
- the light source 212 is moved toward the lower edge B 2 B 4 of the carrier 201, so as to avoid that the top of the light source 212 is about to exceed range of permitted activities. That is, if the bottom of the light source 212 is about to exceed the position area corresponding to the lower edge B 2 B 4 of the carrier 201, the light source 212 is moved toward the upper edge B 1 B 3 of the carrier 201 to avoid the bottom of the light source 212. About to exceed the range of permitted activities.
- reset is performed after scanning is completed.
- the light source 212 is retracted along the scanning surface area, and step 1 is first performed, the light source 212 is moved from the scanning end position to the position A 5 A 6 in the middle of the scanning surface, and the light source 212 can also be moved toward the scanning surface.
- step 2 After moving a certain position in the direction of A 5 A 6 in the middle of the surface, then perform step 2 to rotate the light source 212 in the opposite direction by an angle ⁇ , that is, to rotate the light source 212 in the opposite direction to the rotation direction in Figure 8 by an angle ⁇ , so that the light source 212 212 is parallel to the edge B 1 B 2 of the carrier 201 , step 3 is finally retracted to the original position of the light source 212 along a straight path.
- angle ⁇ that is, to rotate the light source 212 in the opposite direction to the rotation direction in Figure 8 by an angle ⁇
- the light source 212 is first moved to the middle of the scanning surface, so as to prevent the light source 212 from exceeding the allowed range of motion during the rotation process. It can be understood that the planning of the scanning path is not limited to the above manner, that is, the light source 212 is not limited to be moved to the middle position and then rotated, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
- the length, width and height information of the internal space of the scanning device can also be obtained first, and the range where the light source 212 is allowed to move is determined according to the length, width and height information, so that during the scanning process, according to the position information of the light source 212 and The range of its allowed activities is adjusted.
- the text box is parallel to the edge of the scanning surface, as shown in FIG. 6 , the text box is parallel to the upper and lower edges of the scanning surface, such as frame AC or frame BD. That is, for page 61, the top edge of page 61 is parallel to the lines of text.
- the placement angle ⁇ is also the angle between the text box and the horizontal axis OL of the Cartesian coordinate system OLW.
- the light source 212 is parallel to the scanning surface A 1 A 2 , then the curved shape of the scanning surface on the scanning surface on which the light source 212 or scanning light passes is consistent, such as the light source 212 passing through the scanning surface Frame A 1 A 2 on the frame A 1 A 2 , then each point on the frame A 1 A 2 has the same degree of curvature along the curved shape along the scanning surface. The effect of subsequent scanning of the scanning surface according to the shape of the scanning surface can be further ensured.
- the shape of the scanning surface is represented by the parameter slope for a specific description.
- the text area is the area where the text on the scanning surface is located.
- the image including the scanned surface may be a scanned image, or may be a part of the scanned image including the area of the scanned surface.
- the acquisition of the image including the scanning surface may be obtained by scanning the object to be scanned in advance, or may be obtained in other ways, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
- an image including a scanned surface is input into a text detection model
- the text detection model may be an OCR model
- the OCR model may perform text detection on the input image.
- the text detection model is specifically used to detect the position of the text in the image, and return the text box and the text direction of the area where the text is located (for example, the line where the text is located), wherein the text box is specifically a line box surrounding the text, and the text box can be surrounded by multiple A line box for a line of text, or a line box surrounding a line of text.
- the text box refers to the box formed by the connection of four image coordinates that can contain the text in the image recognized by the text detection model.
- the text box in the area where the text is located may be a quadrilateral, and the quadrilateral may be represented by the coordinates of four corner points.
- the form of the return value of the text detection model can be specifically expressed as ⁇ (x1, y1), (x2, y2), (x3, y3), (x4, y4) ⁇ .
- the quadrilateral is a rectangle, the text box can also be characterized by a center point and an offset from one of the corner points to the center point.
- the form of the return value of the text detection model can be specifically expressed as ⁇ (x, y), (dx, dy) ⁇ .
- the text box is arc-shaped, the text box can be represented by the center point position, arc radius and angle.
- the text box includes multiple text characters, and the text direction can be obtained according to the sorting method of the text characters.
- the text is "ABCD”, get the upper and lower coordinates 1 and 2 of the character “A” away from the character “BCD”, and get the upper and lower coordinates 1 and 2 of the character “D” away from the character “BCD” Coordinates 3 and 4, combined with the coordinates of four points: 1, 2, 3 and 4, the frame surrounded by the coordinates of these four points is the text box, and the sorting direction of the text characters in the text box is the text direction,
- the direction H is shown by the arrow in Figure 10a.
- the text is “OPQR”
- the frame surrounded by the coordinates of these four points is the text box
- the sorting direction of the text characters in the text box is the text direction, as shown by the arrow in Figure 10a Direction K shown.
- the text sorting direction is consistent with the text box direction. That is, the text box 1234 in FIG. 10a also extends along the direction H, and the text box 5678 also extends along the direction K.
- the OCR model uses the text box to mark the corresponding character area, and calculates the score (ie confidence level) of the text in the character area.
- the confidence level is greater than or equal to a certain threshold, it is considered that the character area exists text, the output text box. If the confidence is less than a certain threshold, it is considered that there is no text in the character area, and no text box is output.
- the text detection model may be a conventional lightweight OCR model, the content of which is the same as that of the prior art, and will not be repeated here.
- the OCR model used in the embodiment of the present application may be a lightweight OCR model.
- the difference between the lightweight model in the embodiment of the present application is that the lightweight The OCR model can only detect the image of the scanning surface along a certain orientation, such as acquiring the unfolding direction of a book, and performing detection and scanning along the unfolding direction of the book.
- the conventional OCR model needs to detect and recognize the images on the scanned surface.
- the lightweight OCR model can use the Adaptive Bezier Curve Network (Real-time Scene Text Spotting with Adaptive Bezier-Curve Network, ABCNet) framework, ABCNet is an end-to-end trainable Scene text positioning frame.
- ABCNet Adaptive Bezier Curve Network
- a single, unanchored convolutional neural network is used as the detection framework 71, and the detection framework may be composed of M superimposed convolutional layers, where M is an integer greater than 1.
- M is an integer greater than 1.
- the lightweight OCR model can be applied to arbitrary-shaped scene text detection, and can recognize arbitrary-shaped text.
- the shape of the text box is related to the text direction, that is, the sorting direction of the pre-text characters. If the text ordering is curved in the image and the text direction is curved, the text box will also be curved.
- the text sorting on conventional books is straight, based on the curvature of the scanning surface. For example, if you open a very thick book, the scanning surface will be curved to a certain extent, resulting in a certain degree of curvature in the text sorting on the scanning surface. The more curved the scanning surface, the more curved the scanning surface. The more curved the shape of the text box, the curved shape of the text box can represent the placement state of the scanning surface.
- the scanned image in FIG. 6 is input to the lightweight OCR model in FIG. 10b, and the text on page 61 and page 62 can be detected respectively to obtain the text boxes on the two pages.
- the curved shape of the text box on page 61 is consistent with the curved shape of page 61
- the curved shape of the text box on page 62 is consistent with the curved shape of page 62, both of which are curved, and the more curved the page, the more text on the page
- the curved shape of the text box can represent the curved shape of the scanned surface.
- the slope may also be obtained in other ways, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the shape of the text box represents the curved shape of the scanning surface.
- the text order of the arc-shaped text on the plane area is also arc-shaped, such as the text box 1234 in Figure 10a.
- the text box 1234 is curved, while text box 5678 has a non-curved shape.
- the shape of the text box output by the arc text detection will also be arc-shaped, and the arc of the text box cannot represent the curvature of the scanning surface. Therefore, it is necessary to remove the arc-shaped text first. text box.
- the clustering method can be used to eliminate the interference of the arc text in the image including the scanned surface, and the interference can be eliminated according to the direction of the arc or the curvature of the arc, so as to avoid the interference in the image from causing deviation in the calculation of the text curve equation .
- a certain number of text boxes are sampled from the text boxes on the scanning surface, and the sampled text boxes are used to calculate the text curve equation. Referring to FIG. 11 , calculate the curved shape of page 61 in FIG. 6 , and select text box 610 , text box 611 , and text box 612 in page 61 .
- the text box 610 is used for illustration, the horizontal edge and the vertical edge of the carrier 201 are respectively used as the X axis and the Y axis, and the Cartesian coordinate system is established at a right angle to the carrier 201, and the central curve S of the text box 610 is extracted.
- the obtained coordinates of each point are normalized to obtain a curve trajectory of the central curve S of the text box 610 .
- the curve trajectory can be obtained by directly calculating the central curve of the text box. If multiple text boxes are selected, the center curves of the multiple text boxes can be obtained respectively, and the final center curve can be obtained by combining the multiple center curves.
- the ordinate corresponding to each text box on the abscissa x t takes the ordinate corresponding to each text box on the abscissa x t , obtain the text box 610, and the ordinate on the central curve S corresponding to the abscissa x t is y t1 , and obtain the text box 611 , the vertical coordinate on the central curve S corresponding to the abscissa x t is y t2 , and the vertical coordinate on the central curve S corresponding to the horizontal coordinate x t on the text box 612 is y t3 , and the number of sampled text boxes is ordinates are averaged, then the ordinate corresponding to the abscissa x t can be obtained Normalize accordingly to obtain the final central curve.
- a curved shape representing the scanned surface is obtained.
- the starting position of the text box 610 is the starting position of the text on the page 61 , such as position a in FIG. 11 .
- the ending position of the text box 610 is the position where the text on the page 61 ends, such as position b in FIG. 11 . Where there is no text on the page, there is no text box, as shown in the blank area d in Figure 11.
- the scanning of this area can be performed not strictly according to the curved shape of the scanning surface, and the area defaults to Non-curved area, or calculate the scanning parameters of this area based on linear interpolation, so as to reduce the amount of calculation while ensuring accurate scanning and recognition of text on the scanning surface.
- sampling is performed according to the obtained central curve, so as to obtain the curve equation by fitting.
- the points on the central curve S obtained in FIG. 12 are sampled at equal intervals to obtain N points on the coordinate system, where N is an integer greater than 1.
- the mathematical expression of the center curve of the text box is Among them, m is the highest degree of the polynomial, x i represents the i power of x, and w is the coefficient; use polynomial fitting, and calculate the corresponding curve equation based on N points.
- the slope of the central curve at that position can be calculated, so that the degree of curvature of the central curve S can be obtained from the slope of the central curve S, and then according to The degree of curvature of the central curve S results in a curved shape on the scanning surface.
- the scanning parameters corresponding to each position can be calculated according to the curve equation, so as to control the scanning component to perform corresponding operations.
- the coordinate system needs to be converted according to the scanning direction, so as to facilitate subsequent control of the scanning surface according to the curved shape of the scanning surface. scan. Taking the upper left corner of the carrier as the origin, and rotating the horizontal axis OL along the direction of the scanning surface, the new rectangular coordinate OXY as shown in Figure 7 can be obtained.
- the value range of the abscissa of the scanning surface area can be obtained, as shown in Figure 7, the x 2 based on the coordinate A 1 is the minimum value among (x 1 , x 2 , x 3 , x 4 ), Then t min1 is x 2 .
- t max1 is x 4 , then it can be determined that the abscissa range of the scanning area of the scanning surface is (x 2 , x4 ).
- the value range of the ordinate can also be determined, but based on the fact that the scanning direction is the text direction, that is, the scanning component scans along the coordinate axis OX, only the value ranges t min1 and t max1 of the abscissa can be determined.
- corresponding scanning parameters are calculated according to the non-curved shape of the scanning surface.
- the curved shape of the scanning surface is curved, and corresponding scanning parameters are calculated according to the curved shape of the scanning surface. Then use the corresponding scanning parameters to control the corresponding scanning components, so that the scanning components scan the scanning surface in the corresponding position area according to the corresponding scanning parameters.
- the scanning parameters may be calculated according to the curved shape of the scanning surface, wherein the scanning parameters may include the moving rate for scanning the scanning surface, the emission direction of the scanning light and the reflection direction of the scanning light.
- the scanning of the scanning surface (moving speed, emission direction and reflection direction) will be described in detail below by controlling the slope of the curve on the scanning surface.
- the function of the movement speed control is to ensure that the scanning speeds of the curved surface and the plane are consistent. That is, the larger the curvature of the curved surface, the slower the scanning component moves, which can effectively ensure that the scanning image in the direction of the curved surface will not be deformed and the scanned image will be clear.
- a pre-scan may be performed first, and the pre-scan is performed in the same way as the conventional scan, that is, it is performed at a constant first moving speed v 0 .
- the second scan according to the set path planning, it may include scanning direction adjustment, text scanning, scanning direction adjustment and reset.
- the scanning plane is consistent with the conventional scanning method, that is, it is performed at a constant first moving rate v 0 , that is, the first moving rate when scanning the non-curved area of the scanning surface is set as v 0 .
- v 0 the first moving rate when scanning the non-curved area of the scanning surface is set as v 0 .
- the entire interval [0, L] of t is divided into three segments from the initial position of the scan to the initial position range of the upper text area of the scanning surface 310: [0, t min ], the scanning range of the text area on the scanning surface 310: [t min , t max ], the end position of the text on the scanning surface 310 to the end position of the scanning end [t max , L], wherein, 0 is the initial scanning component scanning position, L is the end position of the scanning component scanning.
- t min is the starting position of the text area, which may be the starting position a of the text box in FIG. 11 .
- t max is the end position of the text area, which may be the end position b of the text box in FIG. 11 .
- [t min , t max ] is less than or equal to [t min1 , t max1 ], that is, the text area on the scanning surface is smaller than or equal to the area on the scanning surface.
- the scanning track is shown in Fig. 13, the light source 212 moves along the edge A 1 A 2 of the scanning surface to the edge A 3 A 4 of the scanning surface, in order to ensure the continuity of the movement rate of the same scanning surface, its movement at each stage
- the rate can be set separately as:
- [t min ,t max ] in order to ensure that the scanning speed of the scanning surface is consistent along the text scanning direction, it is subdivided into [t min ,t mid ] and [t mid ,t max ], where t mid is The pagination position is the position A 5 A 6 shown in FIG. 7 .
- the setting of formula (2) is based on the conversion of curves and straight lines, is the slope of the central curve, The t value at this position can be substituted into the curve equation to obtain the coordinate value of this position, and then obtain the slope of this position.
- the moving rate at t mid + ⁇ 0 /2 is the second moving rate v(t) at t mid + ⁇ 0 /2, It can be calculated by formula (2).
- the moving speed at t mid + ⁇ 0 is the second moving speed v(t) at t mid + ⁇ 0 , which can be calculated according to the following formula (4).
- linear interpolation can be used in [t mid + ⁇ 0 /2,t mid + ⁇ 0 ], then the moving rate:
- the formula (4) is the same as the formula (2), both are based on the conversion of the curve and the straight line, is the slope of the central curve.
- the moving speed at position t max is the second moving speed v(t) at t max , which can be calculated by formula (4).
- the moving rate at t max + ⁇ is the first constant moving rate v 0 , then linear interpolation can be used at [t max , t max + ⁇ ], then the moving rate:
- the first moving speed in the embodiment of the present application may be a preset speed v 0 , which may be the default speed of the scanning device, and the non-curved area is scanned at the first moving speed.
- the second moving rate is calculated according to the conversion formula between curve and straight line, such as formula (2) or (4), to ensure that the rate of receiving scans on the curved area is consistent with the rate of receiving scans on the non-curved area (planar area).
- the bending regions with different bending degrees have different corresponding bending degrees, that is, different slopes, and thus have different second moving rate values.
- the curved shape of the scanning surface is not curved, that is, the scanning surface is attached to the carrier, and the scanning surface is parallel to the carrier.
- its optical path diagram is as shown in Figure 14, the scanning light is emitted by the light source 212, reflected back by the scanning surface 310 of the object 300 to be scanned, and then reflected by the first reflector 222 to the The second reflector 242 , the second reflector 242 reflects the received scanning light to the photoelectric conversion element 232 .
- the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 is the first angle ⁇ 0
- the angle between the scanning light and the horizontal plane is also the first angle ⁇ 0
- the light source can be controlled according to the angle ⁇ 0 between the scanning light and the horizontal plane
- the direction in which the scanning light is emitted by 212 is the first emission direction.
- an object to be scanned with a certain degree of curvature is scanned, and the scanning surface of the object to be scanned is in a curved shape.
- the scanning surface of the object to be scanned is in a curved shape.
- the emission angle and reflection angle of the scanning light in Figure 15 can be calculated, and the angle between the scanning light and the horizontal plane can be controlled according to the emission angle of the scanning light, and then according to the angle between the scanning light and the horizontal plane
- the emission direction of the scanning light emitted by the control light source is the second emission direction.
- the reflection direction of the scanning light reflected by the reflection surface 225 of the first reflector is controlled according to the reflection angle.
- the curved shape of the scanning surface can be determined by the text curve equation represents, that is, using the slope of the central curve To represent. Then the corresponding direction of the light source 212 and the reflection angle of the first reflector can be specifically expressed as:
- the emission direction of the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 is calculated as follows. In order to ensure that the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface is maintained as the first angle ⁇ 0 (such as 45 degrees), the angle between the scanning light and the plane where the carrier 201 is located satisfies:
- the emission direction of the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 can be deduced according to the angle between the scanning light and the carrier 201 at the curved area, and then the direction and angle at which the light source 212 emits the scanning light can be controlled according to the derived emission direction of the scanning light.
- the plane where the carrier is located is abstracted as a straight line XY, and the scanning ray is incident on point M on the curved surface of the scanning surface, and the intersection point between the scanning ray and the plane where the carrier is located is N, that is, the scanning ray and the straight line XY intersects at point N, the slope of this M is The intersection point between the tangent of point M on the curved surface and the plane where the carrier is located is P, and a triangle ⁇ MNP can be obtained, then the angle between the tangent of point M on the curved surface and the plane where the carrier is located is ⁇ P of ⁇ MNP is The angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface, that is, the ⁇ M of ⁇ MNP is constant at ⁇ 0 . According to the principle that one exterior angle of a triangle is equal to the sum of two non-adjacent interior angles, the angle ⁇ MNY between the scanning light and the plane where the carrier is located is obtained as
- the deflection angle of the first reflector 222 reflective surface 225 in order to ensure that the scanning light reflected by the scanning surface 310 is reflected by the first reflector 222 such as an adjustable mirror (flexible mirror), the direction angle of the scanning light is parallel to the text direction, That is, ensure that the propagation direction of the scanning light reflected by the reflective surface 225 is parallel to the plane where the carrier is located.
- the angle between the scanning light reflected by the scanning surface 310 and the plane where the carrier is located satisfies:
- the scanning light is reflected by point M of the scanning surface 310, and the intersection point of the reflected scanning light and the plane where the carrier is located is H, that is, the reflected scanning light intersects the straight line XY at point H, then the incident scanning light,
- the reflected scanning light and the straight line XY form a triangle ⁇ MNH.
- the incident angle is equal to the reflection angle
- the angle ⁇ NMH on the tangent is ⁇ -2 ⁇ 0
- the angle ⁇ NMH of the triangle ⁇ MNH can be obtained H is ⁇ -( ⁇ -2 ⁇ 0 )- ⁇ (t), that is, 2 ⁇ 0 - ⁇ (t).
- the angle ⁇ (t) between the reflective surface 225 of the first reflector 222 and the horizontal direction can be obtained as follows:
- the scanning light is reflected to the point Q of the reflective surface 225, the line XY and the line MQ intersect at the point H, and it can be obtained that the angle ⁇ MHX is equal to the angle ⁇ YHQ and is equal to 2 ⁇ 0 ⁇ (t).
- the scanning light reflected by the reflective surface 225 Based on controlling the scanning light reflected by the reflective surface 225 to be parallel to the plane where the carrier is located, that is, to control the scanning light reflected by the reflective surface 225 to be parallel to the straight line XY.
- the scanning ray reflected by the reflective surface 225 of the first reflector is reflected to the point O of the second reflector, and the scanning ray QO is parallel to the straight line XY of the plane where the carrier is located, then the angle ⁇ YHQ is equal to the angle ⁇ HQO and is equal to 2 ⁇ 0 ⁇ ( t).
- the reflection angle of the scanning light on the reflection surface 225 is That is, the reflection angle of the scanning light on the reflective surface 225 is Based on the fact that the scanning light QO is parallel to the straight line XY of the plane where the carrier is located, that is, the scanning light QO is parallel to the horizontal plane, the angle between the reflective surface 225 and the horizontal plane can be obtained
- the angle between the scanning light and the plane where the carrier is located is the second angle
- the angle between the scanning light and the plane where the carrier is located is the second angle
- the third included angle is calculated according to the second included angle (the first included angle), the degree of curvature of the region (the slope of the position) and the formula (6).
- the reflective surface 225 of the first reflector is adjusted so that the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface enters the second reflector in the direction of the maximum light intensity, so that the photoelectric conversion element feels the maximum light. powerful.
- the included angle between the reflective surface 225 and the horizontal plane is When scanning the non-curved area, the angle between the reflective surface 225 and the horizontal plane is the fourth angle, based on the fact that ⁇ (t) in the non-curved area is equal to ⁇ 0 , the fourth angle When ⁇ 0 is fixed, the size of the fourth included angle ⁇ (t) is fixed, which is related to the size of the first included angle.
- the included angle between the reflective surface 225 and the horizontal plane is the fifth included angle, based on the fact that the curved area ⁇ (t) is not equal to ⁇ 0 , the fifth included angle
- the size of the fifth included angle is related to the bending shape of the bending region.
- the slope of the central curve is used to represent the curved shape of the scanning surface, and then the corresponding scanning parameters are calculated according to the slope of the central curve, and the scanning of the scanning surface is controlled according to the curved shape of the scanning surface. It can be understood that other features can also be used to represent the curved shape of the scanning surface, and then the corresponding scanning parameters can be calculated.
- step S161 scans the object to be scanned
- step S162 performs object detection, determines the position of the object to be scanned on the glass table, and then obtains the scanned image of the object to be scanned according to the object detection
- step S163 Scan an image for text detection.
- Step S164 determines the text type of the object to be scanned, such as double-sided card or book text.
- Step S165 performs template matching, determines whether it is a double-sided card or a book text, and then performs template matching according to different text types. If it is a double-sided card, cache the image of the currently scanned scanning side, wait for the scanning result of the other scanning side, and then assemble and typesetting the scanning results of the two scanning sides. If it is a book text, after correcting the scanning direction of the book, typesetting is carried out. Step S166 prints out.
- a lightweight OCR model is used to detect and identify the text direction and text box position information of the object to be scanned, and construct a coordinate system based on the text box position, extract the center curve corresponding to the text box, and then fit through sampling
- the curve equation of the printed text can be obtained in the same way, and the curve equation is used to control the scanning direction of the printer, the reflection angle of the prism, etc.
- the scanning path and scanning speed are planned and controlled.
- the placement angle of the light source is adjusted to ensure that the scanning direction of the light source is consistent with the direction of the text.
- the position of the light source is adjusted up and down according to the spatial position of the scanning device Position, to ensure that no mechanical collision occurs; during the scanning process, the moving rate is adjusted in real time according to the text curve equation to ensure that the moving rate of the curved surface of the scanned object is consistent with that of the plane, and finally the curved text will not be deformed after scanning, ensuring the scanned image clear.
- the light angle of the light source and the deflection angle of the first reflector are adjusted according to the text curve equation, so that the text on the curved surface
- the photosensitive direction is consistent with the photosensitive direction of the text on the plane, and the scanning light can be reflected to the photoelectric conversion element through the first reflector, so that the scanning area of the curved text is complete without deformation and blackened areas.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of an image forming apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the image forming device 181 may include a scanning device 200 , an imaging device 400 and a control device 500 .
- the scanning device 200 is used for scanning the scanning surface of the object 300 to be scanned to obtain image data of the scanning surface.
- the scanning device 200 irradiates scanning light to the object to be scanned 300 , and reads the image of the object to be scanned 300 as image data by receiving the scanning light reflected by the object to be scanned 300 .
- the scanning surface is the surface on which the scanning device 200 scans the object 300 to be scanned.
- the scanning device 200 may execute the scanning method of the embodiment of the present application.
- the imaging device 400 is used for reading the image data output by the scanning device 200, and printing on a recording medium (such as recording paper) based on the read image data.
- the imaging device 400 can save the image data, or output the image data to a computer display.
- the control device 500 can be used to implement the scanning method of the embodiment of the present application, so as to control the scanning and imaging of the scanning device 200 and the imaging device.
- the control device 500 can integrate part of the functions of the scanning module 30 in the scanning device 200 to control the scanning of the scanning device 200 , and the control device 500 can also be used to control the printing of the imaging device 400 .
- the control device 500 may include control devices such as a CPU, ROM, and RAM, which are not shown.
- the CPU is a processor that executes various calculation processes.
- the ROM is a nonvolatile storage unit, and stores information such as a control program for causing the CPU to execute various processes in advance.
- the RAM is a volatile storage unit used as a temporary memory (work area) for various processes executed by the CPU.
- control device 500 the CPU executes various control programs prestored in the ROM. Thus, overall control of the imaging device is performed by the control device.
- control device 500 may be constituted by an electronic circuit such as an integrated circuit (ASIC), or may be a control device 500 provided independently from a main control unit that controls the imaging device 400 as a whole.
- ASIC integrated circuit
- the image forming device 181 may be a printer or a copier, etc., and the printing process of the image forming device 181 will be described below with the image forming device 181 implemented as a printer:
- the user places the object to be printed on the printer booth, starts the first scan, that is, pre-scanning, and caches the scanned image pre-scanned by the printer to the local printer.
- This scanned image can be used as input for the OCR recognition process.
- the cached image data is used for object detection to obtain the corresponding scanning surface area, and then the OCR text detection is performed on the scanning surface area to obtain the text box range and text area, and based on this calculation, the curve equation of the page, the text location and other information.
- the scanning positioning stage according to the obtained scanning surface area and text area, locate the scanning area required for the second scan (ie scanning surface area), and plan the scanning path of the printer scanning component to ensure that the scanning direction is consistent with the text direction, And when the light source moves, it will not cause mechanical collision inside the printer due to space constraints.
- perform the second scan to control the light source and calculate the scanning parameters of the light source, such as the scanning direction for scanning the scanning surface, the emission direction of the scanning light, the posture of the light source, and the position of the light source.
- the scanning parameters are output to the first control component, so that the first control component controls the light source to perform scanning.
- the first reflector is controlled, and the scanning parameters of the first reflector are calculated, such as the scanning direction for scanning the scanning surface, the reflection direction of the scanning light reflected by the reflecting surface of the first reflector, and the posture of the first reflector.
- the scanning parameters for controlling the first reflector are output to the second control component, so that the second control component controls the first reflector to perform scanning.
- Movement rate control when the light source of the printer scans and moves, it calculates the real-time rate according to the text curve equation, so that the movement rate in the entire curved scanning area remains consistent, that is, the greater the degree of bending, the slower the movement rate, and the corresponding movement of each position area
- the speed is output to the driving component for execution to drive the scanning component to move.
- the scanned results are cached locally, and intelligent typesetting is performed according to the text type of the scanned text, so that the layout of the final printing result is reasonable and the printed text is clear.
- the difference in physical structure of the printer in the embodiment of the present application lies in the adjustable light source, adjustable first reflector, adjustable moving direction and moving speed.
- the printer When the printed text is tilted at a certain angle, the printer will adjust the light source angle so that the light scanning direction is consistent with the text direction; when the printed text is placed on the booth, there is a certain curvature relative to the horizontal plane (for example, printing a book), the printer will adjust the light emission angle to keep the angle between the light and the printed object constant, and the printer will also adjust the reflection angle of the first reflector to ensure that the light reflected by the curved text can smoothly propagate to the fixed prism , so that curved text can be printed normally.
- the printer will adjust the light source angle so that the light scanning direction is consistent with the text direction; when the printed text is placed on the booth, there is a certain curvature relative to the horizontal plane (for example, printing a book), the printer will adjust the light emission angle to keep the angle between the light and the printed object constant, and the printer will also adjust the reflection angle of the first reflector to ensure that the light reflected by the curved text can smoothly propagate to the fixed prism , so that curved
- all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
- software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
- the computer program product for license plate number recognition includes one or more computer instructions for license plate number recognition. When these computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the process or function according to Figure 5 of the embodiment of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
- the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
- the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (eg coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
- the available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example: floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example: digital versatile disc (digital versatile disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example: solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD) )Wait.
- a magnetic medium for example: floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape
- an optical medium for example: digital versatile disc (digital versatile disc, DVD)
- a semiconductor medium for example: solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)
- the program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
- the above-mentioned The storage medium mentioned may be a read-only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mechanical Optical Scanning Systems (AREA)
- Facsimile Scanning Arrangements (AREA)
Abstract
Embodiments of the present application provide a scanning method and an electronic device, which are applied to the technical field of scanning; the content of a scanning surface can be scanned by using an associated scanning policy according to the placement state of the scanning surface. When the placement state of the scanning surface is different, scanning control of the scanning surface changes, thereby improving the automation and intelligence of scanning. The embodiments comprise: determining the placement state of a scanning surface of an object to be scanned; and, according to the placement state of the scanning surface, scanning the content of the scanning surface by using a scanning policy associated with the placement state, and obtaining a scanned image.
Description
本申请要求于2021年7月9日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110779216.2,发明名称为“扫描方法及电子设备”的中国专利的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent with the application number 202110779216.2 and the title of the invention "Scanning Method and Electronic Device" filed with the China Patent Office on July 9, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
本申请的实施例涉及扫描技术领域,尤其涉及一种扫描方法及电子设备。Embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of scanning, and in particular, to a scanning method and electronic equipment.
具有扫描功能的电子设备(图像扫描设备)广泛应用于许多场合。在常规图像扫描设备中存在的一个问题是,图像扫描设备扫描书籍,书籍的书脊在扫描面的上方,扫描得到的图像上对应于书脊区域畸变、有阴影、并且模糊,书脊区域的成像质量差,对于相对厚的书籍尤其如此。此时需要用户手动按压铺平,操作复杂,但也不能保证扫描成像效果,也就是说,常规图像扫描设备扫描自动化不高,不利于图像质量的提高。Electronic devices with scanning functions (image scanning devices) are widely used in many occasions. A problem existing in conventional image scanning equipment is that, when the image scanning equipment scans a book, the spine of the book is above the scanning surface, and the scanned image is distorted, shadowed, and blurred corresponding to the spine area, and the imaging quality of the spine area is poor. , especially for relatively thick books. At this time, the user needs to manually press and pave, and the operation is complicated, but the scanning and imaging effect cannot be guaranteed. That is to say, the scanning automation of conventional image scanning equipment is not high, which is not conducive to the improvement of image quality.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例公开了一种扫描方法及电子设备,在扫描面的摆放状态不同时,对扫描面的扫描控制是变化的。由此避免了以相同的扫描策略去扫描该扫描面,导致扫面成像后扫描面上不同形状区域出现差异。解决扫描面上弯曲区域成像畸变、有阴影、并且模糊的问题,提高了扫描成像质量。在源头上解决扫描成像质量差的问题,能保证扫描成像质量的提高,提高扫描的自动化和智能化。The embodiment of the present application discloses a scanning method and electronic equipment. When the scanning surface is placed in different states, the scanning control of the scanning surface is changed. This avoids scanning the scanning surface with the same scanning strategy, resulting in differences in areas of different shapes on the scanning surface after imaging the scanning surface. It solves the problems of image distortion, shadow and blur in the curved area on the scanning surface, and improves the scanning image quality. Solving the problem of poor scanning imaging quality at the source can ensure the improvement of scanning imaging quality and improve the automation and intelligence of scanning.
为达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above purpose, the embodiment of the present application adopts the following technical solutions:
一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种显示方法,包括:确定待扫描物体的扫描面的摆放状态;根据扫描面的摆放状态,以与摆放状态关联的扫描策略对扫描面的内容进行扫描,得到扫描后的图像。On the one hand, the embodiment of the present application provides a display method, including: determining the placement state of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned; according to the placement state of the scanning surface, using the scanning strategy associated with the placement state to scan Scan to obtain the scanned image.
其中,当扫描面处于不同摆放状态时,对扫描面进行扫描的扫描策略不同。其中,扫描面的摆放状态可以包括扫描面的摆放位置、扫描面的摆放角度和/或扫描面的形状,其中扫描面的摆放位置包括扫描面所处的位置。扫描面的摆放角度是扫描面相对于预先设定的水平基准而言。扫描面的形状即扫描面所呈现的形状,扫描面所呈现的形状包括弯曲形状和/或非弯曲形状。Wherein, when the scanning surface is in different placement states, the scanning strategies for scanning the scanning surface are different. Wherein, the arrangement state of the scanning surface may include the arrangement position of the scanning surface, the arrangement angle of the scanning surface and/or the shape of the scanning surface, wherein the arrangement position of the scanning surface includes the position of the scanning surface. The placement angle of the scanning surface is relative to the preset horizontal reference. The shape of the scanning surface is the shape presented by the scanning surface, and the shape presented by the scanning surface includes a curved shape and/or a non-curved shape.
在本申请实施例中,以扫描面的摆放状态关联的扫描策略对扫描面的内容进行扫描,避免了以相同的扫描策略去扫描该扫描面,导致扫面成像后扫描面上不同形状区域出现差异。进一步地,根据扫描面的摆放位置规划对应的扫描路径,可以更高效率更全面地扫描到扫描面上的内容。根据扫描面的摆放角度确定对应的扫描方向,以便后续可以更好控制对扫描面的扫描。实时获取当前所扫描的区域的形状,以根据当前所扫描的区域的形状控制对该区域的扫描,如可以实时获取当前所扫描的区域相对于平面的弯曲程度,根据该弯曲程度去控制扫描,解决扫描面上弯曲区域成像畸变、有阴影、并且模糊的问题,提高了扫描成像质量。在源头上解决扫描成像质量差的问题,能保证扫描成像质量的提高,提高扫描的自动化和智 能化。In the embodiment of the present application, the content of the scanning surface is scanned with the scanning strategy associated with the placement state of the scanning surface, which avoids scanning the scanning surface with the same scanning strategy, resulting in areas of different shapes on the scanning surface after imaging the scanning surface There is a difference. Furthermore, by planning a corresponding scanning path according to the placement position of the scanning surface, the content on the scanning surface can be scanned more efficiently and comprehensively. The corresponding scanning direction is determined according to the placement angle of the scanning surface, so that the subsequent scanning of the scanning surface can be better controlled. Obtain the shape of the currently scanned area in real time to control the scanning of the area according to the shape of the currently scanned area. For example, the degree of curvature of the currently scanned area relative to the plane can be obtained in real time, and the scanning is controlled according to the degree of curvature. It solves the problems of image distortion, shadow and blur in the curved area on the scanning surface, and improves the scanning image quality. Solving the problem of poor scanning imaging quality at the source can ensure the improvement of scanning imaging quality and improve the automation and intelligence of scanning.
在一种可能的设计中,扫描面的摆放状态包括扫描面的弯曲状态,扫描面包括第一区域和第二区域;第一区域和第二区域对应的弯曲程度不同;扫描策略包括扫描组件的移动速率;则根据扫描面的摆放状态,以与摆放状态相关的扫描策略对扫描面的内容进行扫描,具体包括:根据第一区域和第二区域的弯曲程度,以不同的移动速率扫描第一区域和第二区域。In a possible design, the arrangement state of the scanning surface includes the bending state of the scanning surface, and the scanning surface includes a first area and a second area; the degrees of curvature corresponding to the first area and the second area are different; the scanning strategy includes scanning components According to the placement state of the scanning surface, scan the content of the scanning surface with a scanning strategy related to the placement state, specifically including: according to the curvature of the first area and the second area, at different moving rates Scan the first area and the second area.
其中,扫描面的弯曲状态也可以称为扫描面的弯曲形状,根据弯曲形状可以得到扫描面的弯曲程度。也就是说,对扫描面上不同弯曲程度的区域,以不同的移动速率进行扫描,以确保对扫描面的扫描更充分,保证成像清晰,避免弯曲区域没有被扫描到,解决弯曲区域成像畸变、有阴影、并且模糊的问题。Wherein, the curved state of the scanning surface may also be referred to as the curved shape of the scanning surface, and the degree of curvature of the scanning surface can be obtained according to the curved shape. That is to say, scan areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface at different moving rates to ensure that the scanning surface is scanned more fully, to ensure clear imaging, to prevent the curved area from being scanned, and to solve the imaging distortion of the curved area, There are shadows and blurry issues.
在另一种可能的设计中,第二移动速率是根据第一移动速率和弯曲区域的弯曲状态得到的速率。即可以根据曲线转直线原理,根据第一移动速率和弯曲区域的弯曲状态得到第二移动速率。In another possible design, the second moving rate is a rate obtained according to the first moving rate and the bending state of the bending region. That is, according to the principle of turning a curve into a straight line, the second moving rate can be obtained according to the first moving rate and the bending state of the curved region.
在另一种可能的设计中,扫描策略还包括扫描组件的朝向;根据扫描面的摆放状态,以与摆放状态相关的扫描策略对扫描面的内容进行扫描,还包括:根据第一区域和第二区域的弯曲程度,扫描组件以不同的朝向扫描第一区域和第二区域。In another possible design, the scanning strategy also includes the orientation of the scanning component; according to the placement state of the scanning surface, scanning the content of the scanning surface with a scanning strategy related to the placement state further includes: according to the first area and the degree of curvature of the second area, the scanning component scans the first area and the second area in different orientations.
也就是说,对扫描面上不同弯曲程度的区域,扫描组件对其进行扫描的方向也是不同的。That is to say, for areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface, the scanning components scan in different directions.
在另一种可能的设计中,扫描组件包括光源和第一反射体,扫描组件的朝向包括光源发射扫描光线的方向,和/或,第一反射体的朝向。In another possible design, the scanning component includes a light source and a first reflector, and the orientation of the scanning component includes a direction in which the light source emits scanning light, and/or, the orientation of the first reflector.
就是说,对扫描面上不同弯曲程度的区域,光源发射扫描光线的方向不同,即扫描光线入射至扫描面的方向不同。确保扫描光线入射至扫描面的角度恒定,即保证扫描光线以恒定的发射方向入射至扫描面上不同弯曲程度的区域。则扫描光线对扫描面上不同弯曲程度的区域的扫描时一样的,保证扫描面上不同弯曲程度区域接收扫描光线的光强一样,保证成像清晰,避免弯曲区域没有被扫描到,解决弯曲区域成像畸变、有阴影、并且模糊的问题。和/或,调整第一反射体的朝向,保证第一反射体能接收扫描光线,并能完整地把扫描光线反射出去。That is to say, for regions with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface, the direction in which the light source emits scanning light is different, that is, the direction in which the scanning light is incident on the scanning surface is different. Ensure that the angle at which the scanning light is incident on the scanning surface is constant, that is, ensure that the scanning light is incident on areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface in a constant emission direction. Then the scanning light scans the areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface in the same way, ensuring that the light intensity of the scanning light received by areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface is the same, ensuring clear imaging, avoiding that the curved area is not scanned, and solving the problem of imaging in the curved area Distorted, shadowed, and blurry issues. And/or, adjust the orientation of the first reflector to ensure that the first reflector can receive the scanning light and completely reflect the scanning light.
在另一种可能的设计中,根据第一区域和第二区域的弯曲程度,扫描组件以不同的朝向扫描第一区域和第二区域包括:在扫描第一区域时,控制光源与用于承载待扫描物体的承载体成第二夹角;在扫描第二区域时,控制光源与承载体成第三夹角;其中第二夹角不同于第三夹角。也即在保证扫描光线与扫描面之间夹角恒为第一夹角,可以得到扫描非弯曲区域时,控制扫描光线与用于承载待扫描物体的承载体成第二夹角,扫描弯曲区域时,控制扫描光线与用于承载待扫描物体的承载体成第三夹角。In another possible design, according to the degree of curvature of the first area and the second area, the scanning component scans the first area and the second area in different orientations includes: when scanning the first area, controlling the light source and the The carrier of the object to be scanned forms a second included angle; when scanning the second area, the control light source and the carrier form a third included angle; wherein the second included angle is different from the third included angle. That is to say, when the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface is guaranteed to be the first angle, and the non-curved area can be scanned, the scanning light is controlled to form a second angle with the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned, and the curved area is scanned. When , control the scanning light to form a third angle with the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned.
在另一种可能的设计中,第三夹角是根据第二夹角和弯曲区域的弯曲状态得到的角度。也即在非弯曲区域,第一夹角与第二夹角相同,在保证扫描光线与扫描面之间夹角恒为第一夹角,根据光线反射原理,第三夹角是根据第二夹角和弯曲区域的弯曲状态得到的角度。In another possible design, the third included angle is an angle obtained according to the second included angle and the bending state of the bending region. That is to say, in the non-curved area, the first included angle is the same as the second included angle, and the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface is guaranteed to be the first included angle. According to the principle of light reflection, the third included angle is based on the second included angle. The angles obtained from the bend state of the corner and bend regions.
在另一种可能的设计中,根据第一区域和第二区域的弯曲程度,扫描组件以不同的朝向扫描第一区域和第二区域包括:在扫描第一区域时,控制第一反射体与承载体成第四夹角;在扫描第二区域时,控制第一反射体与承载体成第五夹角,其中第四夹角不同于第五夹角。也即在调整扫描光线的入射方向后,为了确保第一反射体能接收到扫描光线,并能将扫描光线反射光电变换元件,需要对第一反射体进行调整。根据光线反射原理,第四夹角根据第一夹角得到,第一夹角与第二夹角相等,第五夹角根据第一夹角与弯曲区域的弯曲状态得到。In another possible design, according to the degree of curvature of the first area and the second area, the scanning component scans the first area and the second area in different orientations includes: when scanning the first area, controlling the first reflector and The carrier forms a fourth included angle; when scanning the second area, the first reflector and the carrier are controlled to form a fifth included angle, wherein the fourth included angle is different from the fifth included angle. That is, after adjusting the incident direction of the scanning light, in order to ensure that the first reflector can receive the scanning light and reflect the scanning light to the photoelectric conversion element, the first reflector needs to be adjusted. According to the principle of light reflection, the fourth included angle is obtained from the first included angle, the first included angle is equal to the second included angle, and the fifth included angle is obtained from the first included angle and the bending state of the bending region.
在另一种可能的设计中,扫描面的摆放状态包括扫描面的摆放角度或扫描面中内容的摆 放角度,扫描策略包括扫描组件的扫描方向;根据扫描面的摆放状态,以与摆放状态相关的扫描策略对扫描面的内容进行扫描,具体包括:根据扫描面的摆放角度或扫描面中内容的摆放角度,调整扫描组件的扫描方向。In another possible design, the placement state of the scanning surface includes the placement angle of the scanning surface or the placement angle of the content in the scanning surface, and the scanning strategy includes the scanning direction of the scanning components; according to the placement state of the scanning surface, the The scanning strategy related to the placement status scans the contents of the scanning surface, specifically including: adjusting the scanning direction of the scanning component according to the placement angle of the scanning surface or the placement angle of the content in the scanning surface.
也即可以根据扫描面的摆放设置扫描方向,以使得扫描可以完全地扫描到扫描面,且根据扫描面上内容的摆放角度即扫描面上文本的排序方向调整扫描方向,可以更好地扫描到扫描面上的内容。That is to say, the scanning direction can be set according to the placement of the scanning surface, so that the scanning can completely scan the scanning surface, and the scanning direction can be adjusted according to the placement angle of the content on the scanning surface, that is, the sorting direction of the text on the scanning surface, which can better Scan to content on the scanning surface.
在另一种可能的设计中,扫描组件包括光源和第一反射体;调整扫描组件的扫描方向,具体包括:调整光源的移动方向;和/或,调整第一反射体的移动方向。即控制光源和第一反射体沿着扫描方向移动,光源和第一反射体的移动方向即扫描方向。In another possible design, the scanning component includes a light source and a first reflector; adjusting the scanning direction of the scanning component specifically includes: adjusting the moving direction of the light source; and/or adjusting the moving direction of the first reflector. That is, the light source and the first reflector are controlled to move along the scanning direction, and the moving direction of the light source and the first reflector is the scanning direction.
在另一种可能的设计中,扫描面的摆放状态包括扫描面的摆放位置,扫描策略包括扫描组件的移动路径,移动路径包括扫描起点和扫描终点;根据扫描面的摆放状态,以与摆放状态相关的扫描策略对扫描面的内容进行扫描,具体包括:根据扫描面的摆放位置,调整光源的移动路径。即根据扫描面的摆放位置确定扫描路径,以能更全面地对扫描面进行扫描,减少扫描功耗。In another possible design, the placement state of the scanning surface includes the placement position of the scanning surface, the scanning strategy includes the moving path of the scanning component, and the moving path includes the scanning start point and the scanning end point; according to the placement state of the scanning surface, the The scanning strategy related to the placement state scans the content of the scanning surface, specifically including: adjusting the moving path of the light source according to the placement position of the scanning surface. That is, the scanning path is determined according to the placement position of the scanning surface, so as to scan the scanning surface more comprehensively and reduce scanning power consumption.
在另一种可能的设计中,确定待扫描物体的扫描面的摆放状态包括:获取扫描面的曲率,以得到扫描面的弯曲状态。可以根据扫描面的曲率获得扫描面的弯曲状态。In another possible design, determining the arrangement state of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned includes: obtaining the curvature of the scanning surface to obtain the curvature state of the scanning surface. The curved state of the scanning surface can be obtained from the curvature of the scanning surface.
在另一种可能的设计中,确定待扫描物体的扫描面的摆放状态包括:对扫描面进行文本检测,得到文本框;根据文本框得到扫描面上的曲线;根据曲线的斜率,确定扫描面的弯曲状态。可以根据扫描面的斜率获得扫描面的弯曲状态。In another possible design, determining the placement state of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned includes: performing text detection on the scanning surface to obtain a text box; obtaining a curve on the scanning surface according to the text box; determining the scanning surface according to the slope of the curve. The curved state of the face. The curved state of the scanning surface can be obtained from the slope of the scanning surface.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种扫描装置,包括:承载体,用于承载待扫描物体;光源,用于向待扫描物体的扫描面发射扫描光线;第一反射体,用于接收由扫描面反射出来的光线,并将光线反射至光电变换元件;光电变换元件,用于将接收到的光线转换为图像数据,得到扫描面扫描得到的图像;控制器,用于控制扫描装置根据扫描面的摆放状态,以与摆放状态关联的扫描策略对扫描面的内容进行扫描。其中,当扫描面处于不同摆放状态时,对扫描面进行扫描的扫描策略不同。In yet another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a scanning device, including: a carrier for carrying an object to be scanned; a light source for emitting scanning light to the scanning surface of the object to be scanned; a first reflector for receiving The light reflected from the scanning surface, and reflects the light to the photoelectric conversion element; the photoelectric conversion element is used to convert the received light into image data to obtain the image scanned by the scanning surface; the controller is used to control the scanning device according to the The placement state of the scanning surface, the contents of the scanning surface are scanned according to the scanning strategy associated with the placement state. Wherein, when the scanning surface is in different placement states, the scanning strategies for scanning the scanning surface are different.
在本申请实施例中,控制器以扫描面的摆放状态关联的扫描策略控制扫描组件对扫描面的内容进行扫描,避免了扫描组件以相同的扫描策略去扫描该扫描面,导致扫面成像后扫描面上不同形状区域出现差异。解决扫描面上弯曲区域成像畸变、有阴影、并且模糊的问题,提高了扫描成像质量。在源头上解决扫描成像质量差的问题,能保证扫描成像质量的提高,提高扫描的自动化和智能化。In the embodiment of the present application, the controller controls the scanning component to scan the content of the scanning surface based on the scanning strategy associated with the placement state of the scanning surface, which prevents the scanning component from scanning the scanning surface with the same scanning strategy, resulting in imaging of the scanning surface. Differences appear in areas of different shapes on the rear scan surface. It solves the problems of image distortion, shadow and blur in the curved area on the scanning surface, and improves the scanning image quality. Solving the problem of poor scanning imaging quality at the source can ensure the improvement of scanning imaging quality and improve the automation and intelligence of scanning.
在另一种可能的设计中,扫描面的摆放状态包括扫描面的弯曲状态,扫描面包括第一区域和第二区域;第一区域和第二区域对应的弯曲程度不同;扫描策略包括扫描组件的移动速率;控制器用于控制扫描装置根据扫描面的摆放状态,以与摆放状态关联的扫描策略对扫描面的内容进行扫描,具体包括:控制器根据第一区域和第二区域的弯曲程度,控制光源以不同的移动速率扫描第一区域和第二区域。控制光源以不同移动速率移动,确保光源发射出的扫描光线充分照射至扫描面。In another possible design, the arrangement state of the scanning surface includes the bending state of the scanning surface, and the scanning surface includes a first area and a second area; the degrees of curvature corresponding to the first area and the second area are different; the scanning strategy includes scanning The moving rate of the components; the controller is used to control the scanning device to scan the content of the scanning surface according to the placement state of the scanning surface with the scanning strategy associated with the placement state, specifically including: The degree of curvature controls the light source to scan the first area and the second area at different moving speeds. Control the light source to move at different speeds to ensure that the scanning light emitted by the light source fully illuminates the scanning surface.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一区域为非弯曲区域,第二区域为弯曲区域;控制器根据第一区域和第二区域的弯曲程度,控制光源以不同的移动速率扫描第一区域和第二区域,具体包括:控制器控制光源以第一移动速率扫描第一区域;控制器控制光源以第二移动速率扫描第二区域,其中第一移动速率大于第二移动速率。光源以不同的移动速率扫描该扫描面上弯 曲程度不同的区域,确保在相同时间内,扫描光线经过扫描面上弯曲区域与非弯曲区域的路程一样或接近,则扫描光线能充分扫描到扫描面弯曲区域上的信息,减少扫描面弯曲区域扫描成像的阴影与形变。In another possible design, the first area is a non-curved area, and the second area is a curved area; the controller controls the light source to scan the first area and the second area at different moving rates according to the degree of curvature of the first area and the second area. The second area specifically includes: the controller controls the light source to scan the first area at a first moving rate; the controller controls the light source to scan the second area at a second moving rate, wherein the first moving rate is greater than the second moving rate. The light source scans areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface at different moving speeds to ensure that within the same period of time, the distance of the scanning light passing through the curved area and the non-curving area on the scanning surface is the same or close, and the scanning light can fully scan the scanning surface The information on the curved area reduces the shadow and deformation of the scanning image in the curved area of the scanning surface.
在另一种可能的设计中,第二移动速率是根据第一移动速率和弯曲区域的弯曲状态得到的速率。In another possible design, the second moving rate is a rate obtained according to the first moving rate and the bending state of the bending region.
在另一种可能的设计中,扫描策略还包括扫描组件的朝向;控制器用于控制扫描装置根据扫描面的摆放状态,以与摆放状态关联的扫描策略对扫描面的内容进行扫描,还包括:控制器根据第一区域和第二区域的弯曲程度,控制光源以不同的朝向扫描第一区域和第二区域。控制光源的朝向即控制扫描光线入射至扫描面的发射方向,保证扫描光线可以更充分地照射至扫描面不同弯曲程度的区域。In another possible design, the scanning strategy also includes the orientation of the scanning component; the controller is used to control the scanning device to scan the content of the scanning surface according to the scanning strategy associated with the placement state according to the placement state of the scanning surface, and also The method includes: the controller controls the light source to scan the first area and the second area in different orientations according to the degree of curvature of the first area and the second area. Controlling the orientation of the light source means controlling the emission direction of the scanning light incident on the scanning surface, so as to ensure that the scanning light can more fully irradiate areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface.
在另一种可能的设计中,控制器根据第一区域和第二区域的弯曲程度,控制光源以不同的朝向扫描第一区域和第二区域,包括:在扫描第一区域时,控制器控制光源与用于承载待扫描物体的承载体成第二夹角;在扫描第二区域时,控制器控制光源与承载体成第三夹角;其中第二夹角不同于第三夹角。In another possible design, the controller controls the light source to scan the first area and the second area in different orientations according to the degree of curvature of the first area and the second area, including: when scanning the first area, the controller controls The light source forms a second included angle with the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned; when scanning the second area, the controller controls the light source and the carrier to form a third included angle; wherein the second included angle is different from the third included angle.
在另一种可能的设计中,第三夹角是根据第二夹角和弯曲区域的弯曲状态得到的角度。In another possible design, the third included angle is an angle obtained according to the second included angle and the bending state of the bending region.
在另一种可能的设计中,控制器还用于:在扫描第一区域时,控制第一反射体与承载体成第四夹角;在扫描第二区域时,控制第一反射体与承载体成第五夹角,其中第四夹角不同于第五夹角。In another possible design, the controller is also used to: when scanning the first area, control the first reflector and the carrier to form a fourth angle; when scanning the second area, control the first reflector and the carrier body forms a fifth included angle, wherein the fourth included angle is different from the fifth included angle.
在另一种可能的设计中,扫描面的摆放状态包括扫描面的摆放角度或扫描面中内容的摆放角度,扫描策略包括光源的扫描方向;控制器具体用于:根据扫描面的摆放角度或扫描面中内容的摆放角度,调整光源的扫描方向。根据扫描面的摆放角度调整光源的扫描方向,可以更充分地扫描到扫描面。根据扫描面中内容的摆放角度,可以更充分地扫描到扫描面上的内容。In another possible design, the arrangement status of the scanning surface includes the arrangement angle of the scanning surface or the arrangement angle of the content on the scanning surface, and the scanning strategy includes the scanning direction of the light source; the controller is specifically used to: The placement angle or the placement angle of the content in the scanning surface adjusts the scanning direction of the light source. Adjusting the scanning direction of the light source according to the placement angle of the scanning surface can scan the scanning surface more fully. According to the arrangement angle of the content on the scanning surface, the content on the scanning surface can be scanned more fully.
在另一种可能的设计中,扫描面的摆放状态包括扫描面的摆放位置,扫描策略包括扫描组件的移动路径,移动路径包括扫描起点和扫描终点;控制器具体用于:根据扫描面的摆放位置,调整光源的移动路径。调整光源路径确保扫描组件在合适的位置开始工作,减少功耗。In another possible design, the placement state of the scanning surface includes the placement position of the scanning surface, the scanning strategy includes the moving path of the scanning component, and the moving path includes the scanning start point and the scanning end point; the controller is specifically used to: Adjust the placement position of the light source and adjust the moving path of the light source. Adjust the path of the light source to ensure that the scanning components start working at the proper position and reduce power consumption.
在另一种可能的设计中,确定待扫描物体的扫描面的摆放状态包括:获取扫描面的曲率,以得到扫描面的弯曲状态。In another possible design, determining the arrangement state of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned includes: obtaining the curvature of the scanning surface to obtain the curvature state of the scanning surface.
在另一种可能的设计中,控制器确定待扫描物体的扫描面的摆放状态包括:对扫描面进行文本检测,得到文本框;根据文本框得到扫描面上的曲线;根据曲线的斜率,确定扫描面的弯曲状态。In another possible design, the controller determines the placement state of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned, including: performing text detection on the scanning surface to obtain a text box; obtaining a curve on the scanning surface according to the text box; according to the slope of the curve, Determines the curvature state of the scanned surface.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种图像形成装置,包括:如上面任一项扫描装置;成像装置,用于读取扫描装置输出的图像数据,并基于图像数据对记录介质进行印刷;控制装置,用于对扫描装置和成像装置进行控制。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an image forming device, including: any one of the above scanning devices; an imaging device, configured to read image data output by the scanning device, and print a recording medium based on the image data; The control device is used for controlling the scanning device and the imaging device.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备,包括处理器、存储器和扫描组件;存储器,用于存储指令;处理器,用于调用存储器中的指令,控制扫描组件进行扫描,以使得电子设备执行如上任一项的扫描方法。In yet another aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device, including a processor, a memory, and a scanning component; the memory is used to store instructions; the processor is used to call the instructions in the memory, and control the scanning component to scan, so that The electronic device executes any one of the scanning methods above.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读存储介质存储有至少一个指令,至少一个指令被处理器执行时实现如上任一项的扫描方法。In yet another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where at least one instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the at least one instruction is executed by a processor, any one of the above scanning methods is implemented.
上述其他方面对应的有益效果,可以参见关于方法方面的有益效果的描述,此处不 予赘述。For the beneficial effects corresponding to the above-mentioned other aspects, please refer to the description of the beneficial effects of the method, which will not be repeated here.
图1为常规的图像扫描设备结构示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a conventional image scanning device.
图2为常规的图像扫描设备扫描结果示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a scanning result of a conventional image scanning device.
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种扫描装置的结构示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a scanning device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4为本申请实施例提供的另一种扫描装置的结构示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of another scanning device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5为本申请实施例提供的扫描方法的流程示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a scanning method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种扫描面示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a scanning surface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7为本申请实施例提供的待扫描物体倾斜示意图。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an object to be scanned tilted according to an embodiment of the present application.
图8为本申请实施例提供的扫描路径示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a scanning path provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9为本申请实施例提供的复位路径示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a reset path provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10a为本申请实施例提供的文本框示意图。Fig. 10a is a schematic diagram of a text box provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10b为本申请实施例提供的OCR模型示意图。Fig. 10b is a schematic diagram of the OCR model provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种扫描面上文本框示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a text box on a scanning surface provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图12为本申请实施例提供的文本框中心曲线示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a central curve of a text box provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图13为本申请实施例提供的扫描路径规划示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of scanning path planning provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种扫描光路示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a scanning optical path provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图15为本申请实施例提供的另一种扫描光路示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another scanning optical path provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种排版流程示意图。Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of a typesetting process provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图17为本申请实施例提供的一种身份证排版示意图。Fig. 17 is a schematic layout diagram of an ID card provided by the embodiment of the present application.
图18为本申请实施例提供的图像形成装置结构示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of an image forming apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种打印流程示意图。FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a printing process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。本申请的说明书和权利要求书及附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“第四”等(如果存在)是用于区别类似的对象,而不是用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。It should be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more than two. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B Can be singular or plural. The terms "first", "second", "third", "fourth", etc. (if any) in the description and claims of this application and the drawings are used to distinguish similar objects, not to Describe a specific order or sequence.
在对本申请实施例进行详细的解释说明之前,先对本申请实施例涉及的应用场景予以介绍。Before explaining the embodiment of the present application in detail, the application scenarios involved in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced first.
请参阅图1,常规的图像扫描设备100包括可放置待扫描物体的玻璃台1、日光灯2、棱镜3和光电变换元件4,日光灯2与棱镜3的移动方向和移动速度是固定的,且日光灯2与棱镜3仅能沿着图1中方向I往复运动。用户将书籍5放置在玻璃台1上,并让图像扫描设备100执行扫描操作,日光灯2与棱镜3同时沿着方向I由起始位置移动至终止位置,日光灯2发射的扫描光线经玻璃台1照射至书籍5的扫描面,该书籍5朝向玻璃台1能接收到扫描光线的表面即为扫描面。扫描面将扫描光线反射至棱镜3,棱镜3接收到携带扫描面信息的扫描光线,再由棱镜3将接收到的扫描光线反射至光电变换元件4,由光电变换元件4把接收到的扫描光线转化为数字信号,得到扫描面的图像数据,根据该图像数据可以得到扫描 图像。扫描面上书脊6的区域可能与玻璃台1隔开了一段距离,得到的扫描图像中,书脊6的邻近区域的图像可能失真并且看起来比较暗,如图2所示,书脊6的邻近区域的图像有阴影、并且模糊。对于相对厚的书籍,书脊6的邻近区域的图像中文本内容还会变形。Referring to Fig. 1, a conventional image scanning device 100 includes a glass table 1 on which an object to be scanned can be placed, a fluorescent lamp 2, a prism 3 and a photoelectric conversion element 4, the moving direction and the moving speed of the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 are fixed, and the fluorescent lamp 2 and prism 3 can only reciprocate along the direction I in Figure 1. The user places the book 5 on the glass table 1 and lets the image scanning device 100 perform a scanning operation. The fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 move from the starting position to the ending position along the direction I at the same time, and the scanning light emitted by the fluorescent lamp 2 passes through the glass table 1. The scanning surface of the book 5 is irradiated, and the surface of the book 5 facing the glass table 1 and receiving the scanning light is the scanning surface. The scanning surface reflects the scanning light to the prism 3, and the prism 3 receives the scanning light carrying the scanning surface information, and then the prism 3 reflects the received scanning light to the photoelectric conversion element 4, and the photoelectric conversion element 4 converts the received scanning light It is converted into a digital signal to obtain the image data of the scanned surface, and a scanned image can be obtained according to the image data. The area of the spine 6 on the scanning surface may be separated from the glass table 1 by a certain distance, and in the obtained scanned image, the image of the adjacent area of the spine 6 may be distorted and appear relatively dark. As shown in Figure 2, the adjacent area of the spine 6 The image for has shadows and is blurry. For a relatively thick book, the text content in the image of the adjacent area of the spine 6 will also be deformed.
鉴于此,为了提高扫描成像质量,本申请实施例提供一种扫描方法,该扫描方法包括确定待扫描物体的扫描面,然后根据扫描面的摆放状态控制对该扫描面的扫描,即以与该摆放状态关联的扫描策略对扫描面的内容进行扫描。当扫描面处于不同摆放状态时,对扫描面进行扫描的扫描策略不同。其中,扫描面的摆放状态可以包括扫描面的摆放位置、扫描面的摆放角度和/或扫描面的形状,其中扫描面的摆放位置包括扫描面所处的位置。扫描面的摆放角度是扫描面相对于预先设定的水平基准而言。扫描面的形状即扫描面所呈现的形状,扫描面所呈现的形状包括弯曲形状和/或非弯曲形状。In view of this, in order to improve the quality of scanning and imaging, the embodiment of the present application provides a scanning method, the scanning method includes determining the scanning surface of the object to be scanned, and then controlling the scanning of the scanning surface according to the placement state of the scanning surface, that is, with The scanning policy associated with the placement state scans the contents of the scanning surface. When the scanning surface is in different placement states, the scanning strategies for scanning the scanning surface are different. Wherein, the arrangement state of the scanning surface may include the arrangement position of the scanning surface, the arrangement angle of the scanning surface and/or the shape of the scanning surface, wherein the arrangement position of the scanning surface includes the position of the scanning surface. The placement angle of the scanning surface is relative to the preset horizontal reference. The shape of the scanning surface is the shape presented by the scanning surface, and the shape presented by the scanning surface includes a curved shape and/or a non-curved shape.
当扫描面的摆放位置不同,扫描该扫描面的扫描策略不同,如对扫描面规划的扫描路径不同,即对扫描面进行扫描的扫描起点与扫描终点不同。当扫描面处于不同的摆放角度时,扫描该扫描面的扫描策略不同,如对该扫描面的扫描方向不同。当扫描面呈不同形状时,扫描该扫描面的扫描策略不同,如扫描组件对扫描面进行扫描时的移动速率不同。或,扫描组件对扫描面进行扫描时,扫描光线的发射方向不同,或,扫描组件对扫描面进行扫描时,扫描光线的反射方向不同。其中,发射方向和反射方向均为扫描光线的传播方向,发射方向为光源发射扫描光线后,该扫描光线向扫描面传播的传播方向。反射方向为由扫描面反射出来的扫描光线经过第一反射体反射后,该扫描光线的传播方向。在扫描面的形状包括弯曲形状时,即扫描面上有呈弯曲形状的区域(下文以弯曲区域代称),也可以包括呈非弯曲形状的区域(下文以非弯曲区域代称)。根据弯曲区域的弯曲形状所关联的扫描策略控制对该区域的扫描,如不同区域的弯曲程度不同,扫描的速率不同。When the positions of the scanning surfaces are different, the scanning strategies for scanning the scanning surfaces are different. For example, the scanning paths planned for the scanning surfaces are different, that is, the scanning starting point and the scanning end point of scanning the scanning surfaces are different. When the scanning surface is placed at different angles, the scanning strategy for scanning the scanning surface is different, for example, the scanning direction for the scanning surface is different. When the scanning surface has different shapes, the scanning strategy for scanning the scanning surface is different, for example, the moving speed of the scanning component is different when scanning the scanning surface. Or, when the scanning component scans the scanning surface, the emitting directions of the scanning light are different, or, when the scanning component scans the scanning surface, the reflecting directions of the scanning light are different. Wherein, the emission direction and the reflection direction are the propagation directions of the scanning light, and the emission direction is the propagation direction of the scanning light to the scanning surface after the light source emits the scanning light. The reflection direction is the propagation direction of the scanning light reflected by the scanning surface after being reflected by the first reflector. When the shape of the scanning surface includes a curved shape, that is, the scanning surface has a curved area (hereinafter referred to as a curved area), and may also include a non-curved area (hereinafter referred to as a non-curved area). The scanning of the curved area is controlled according to the scanning strategy associated with the curved shape of the curved area. For example, different areas have different bending degrees and different scanning rates.
即在本申请实施例中,在扫描面的摆放状态不同时,扫描策略是不同的。因此,基于本申请实施例的扫描方法,能够在源头上解决扫描成像质量差的问题,提高扫描成像质量,提升扫描的自动化和智能化。That is, in the embodiment of the present application, the scanning strategies are different when the arrangement states of the scanning surfaces are different. Therefore, based on the scanning method of the embodiment of the present application, the problem of poor scanning and imaging quality can be solved at the source, the scanning and imaging quality can be improved, and the automation and intelligence of scanning can be improved.
本申请实施例提供了一种扫描方法,该扫描方法可以由扫描装置来执行。可以理解的,扫描装置在不同的场景中可以以不同的产品形态呈现。扫描装置的功能可以由软件装置实现。也可以由硬件设备实现,还可以由软件装置和硬件设备结合来实现。An embodiment of the present application provides a scanning method, which can be executed by a scanning device. It can be understood that the scanning device may be presented in different product forms in different scenarios. The functionality of the scanning means may be implemented by software means. It can also be realized by hardware devices, and can also be realized by a combination of software devices and hardware devices.
本申请实施例的扫描方法可以由硬件设备来执行,例如,请参阅图3,实现本申请实施例的扫描方法的扫描装置200可以包括控制器(图未示出)、承载体201和由控制器控制的扫描组件202。The scanning method of the embodiment of the present application can be performed by hardware equipment, for example, please refer to FIG. The scanning component 202 controlled by the controller.
如图3所示,待扫描物体300放置于承载体201上,待扫描物体300的扫描面310为待扫描物体300靠近承载体201的表面,该表面接收扫描组件202的扫描。扫描面包含当前需要扫描的内容。扫描面310包括第一区域和第二区域,第一区域和第二区域对应的弯曲程度不同,如第一区域可以为非弯曲区域(如图3中矩形边框1(A
1A
2A
51A
52),或矩形边框2(A
3A
4A
61A
62),或者矩形边框1或2中的子区域),第二区域可以为弯曲区域(如图3中区域(A
51A
52A
61A
62),或该区域内的任一子区域)。可选的,第一区域与第二区域也可以都为弯曲区域,但是这两个区域的弯曲程度不同,例如图3中区域(A
51A
52A
61A
62)中的两个不同弯曲程度的区域。
As shown in FIG. 3 , the object to be scanned 300 is placed on the carrier 201 , and the scanning surface 310 of the object to be scanned 300 is the surface of the object to be scanned 300 close to the carrier 201 , and the surface receives scanning by the scanning component 202 . The scanning surface contains the content that needs to be scanned currently. The scanning surface 310 includes a first area and a second area, and the degree of curvature corresponding to the first area and the second area is different, such as the first area can be a non-curved area (such as the rectangular frame 1 (A 1 A 2 A 51 A in Fig. 3 52 ), or rectangular frame 2 (A 3 A 4 A 61 A 62 ), or a sub-area in rectangular frame 1 or 2), the second area can be a curved area (as shown in Figure 3 area (A 51 A 52 A 61 A 62 ), or any sub-area within the area). Optionally, both the first region and the second region may also be curved regions, but the degrees of curvature of these two regions are different, for example, two different degrees of curvature in the regions (A 51 A 52 A 61 A 62 ) in FIG. 3 Area.
其中,承载体201包括透明台板,如可以为由透明玻璃组成的平面玻璃台。承载体201的材质、形态等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。Wherein, the carrier 201 includes a transparent platform, such as a flat glass platform composed of transparent glass. The material and form of the carrier 201 are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
其中,扫描装置200可以通过控制器来执行本申请实施例提供的扫描方法。例如,控制器获取待扫描物体300的扫描面310的摆放状态,然后根据待扫描物体300的扫描面310的摆放状态控制对扫描面310的扫描,实现对扫描面310上的内容的扫描。Wherein, the scanning device 200 may execute the scanning method provided by the embodiment of the present application through a controller. For example, the controller acquires the placement state of the scanning surface 310 of the object 300 to be scanned, and then controls the scanning of the scanning surface 310 according to the placement state of the scanning surface 310 of the object 300 to be scanned, so as to realize the scanning of the content on the scanning surface 310 .
在一种可实现的方式中,控制器获取扫描面310的摆放状态可以通过以下方式:In a practicable manner, the controller may obtain the placement state of the scanning surface 310 in the following manner:
控制器先控制扫描组件202对待扫描物体300进行预扫描,得到待扫描物体300的预扫描图像,对预扫描图像进行图像处理,识别出该预扫描图像中待扫描物体300的图像区域。预扫描图像中待扫描物体300的图像区域即为扫描面310被扫描到的区域。因此,预扫描图像中待扫描物体300的图像区域即为扫描面310的图像区域(下文以扫描面区域代称),控制器可根据扫描面310的图像区域确定待扫描物体300的扫描面310。The controller first controls the scanning component 202 to pre-scan the object 300 to be scanned to obtain a pre-scanned image of the object 300 to be scanned, perform image processing on the pre-scanned image, and identify the image area of the object 300 to be scanned in the pre-scanned image. The image area of the object 300 to be scanned in the pre-scanned image is the scanned area of the scanning surface 310 . Therefore, the image area of the object to be scanned 300 in the pre-scanned image is the image area of the scanning surface 310 (hereinafter referred to as the scanning area area), and the controller can determine the scanning surface 310 of the object to be scanned 300 according to the image area of the scanning surface 310 .
控制器从该扫描面区域上提取出能表达扫描面310弯曲形状的特征,如提取出预扫描图像中内容(如文字)的排布,然后根据内容排布的特征确定扫描面310的弯曲形状。The controller extracts features that can express the curved shape of the scanning surface 310 from the scanning surface area, such as extracting the arrangement of content (such as text) in the pre-scanned image, and then determines the curved shape of the scanning surface 310 according to the characteristics of the content arrangement .
控制器也可确定扫描面区域在预扫描图像中所占的区域,根据扫描面区域在该预扫描图像中的位置区域,确定待扫描物体300的扫描面310在承载体201上的位置区域,进而可以得到扫描面310的摆放位置。如图3所示,承载体201的区域为矩形边框B
i四个点的坐标(x
i,y
i)(i=1,2,3,4)所组成的区域,扫描面310的区域为矩形边框A
i四个点的坐标(x
i,y
i)(i=1,2,3,4)所组成的区域。可以根据矩形边框(B
1B
2B
3B
4)的坐标,可以得到扫描面310在承载体201上的摆放位置。
The controller may also determine the area occupied by the scan surface area in the pre-scan image, and determine the position area of the scan surface 310 of the object to be scanned 300 on the carrier 201 according to the position area of the scan surface area in the pre-scan image, Furthermore, the placement position of the scanning surface 310 can be obtained. As shown in FIG. 3 , the area of the carrier 201 is the area formed by the coordinates ( xi , y i ) (i=1, 2, 3, 4) of the four points of the rectangular frame B i , and the area of the scanning surface 310 is The area formed by the coordinates (x i , y i ) (i=1, 2, 3, 4) of the four points of the rectangular border A i . The placement position of the scanning surface 310 on the carrier 201 can be obtained according to the coordinates of the rectangular frame (B 1 B 2 B 3 B 4 ).
进一步地,控制器根据扫描面310的摆放位置与预先设定的水平基准可得到扫描面310的摆放角度。Further, the controller can obtain the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 according to the placement position of the scanning surface 310 and a preset horizontal reference.
具体如何获取扫描面310的摆放状态,请参阅下述本申请实施例提供的扫描方法。可以理解,获取扫描面310的形状不限于通过上述方式,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。For details on how to obtain the placement state of the scanning surface 310 , please refer to the scanning method provided in the following embodiments of the present application. It can be understood that the acquisition of the shape of the scanning surface 310 is not limited to the above method, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
下面结合图3,对本申请实施例的扫描装置和扫描方法进行详细说明。The scanning device and the scanning method according to the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 3 .
扫描装置200的扫描组件202包括光源212、第一反射体222、光电变换元件232和驱动组件(图未示)。扫描组件202可以设置于承载体201上方或下方,或其他方向,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。下述方案以扫描组件202设置于承载体201下方进行举例说明。The scanning component 202 of the scanning device 200 includes a light source 212, a first reflector 222, a photoelectric conversion element 232 and a driving component (not shown). The scanning component 202 may be disposed above or below the carrier 201, or in other directions, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. The following solutions are illustrated by taking the scanning component 202 disposed under the carrier 201 as an example.
光源212可以发射扫描光线,扫描光线穿透承载体201的透明部分照射至待扫描物体300的扫描面310上,扫描面310将扫描光线反射至第一反射体222,第一反射体222将反射至其上的扫描光线反射至光电变换元件232,由光电变换元件232把接收到的扫描光线转化为数字信号,得到扫描面310的图像数据,实现对扫描面310的内容进行扫描。The light source 212 can emit scanning light, and the scanning light penetrates the transparent part of the carrier 201 and irradiates to the scanning surface 310 of the object to be scanned 300, and the scanning surface 310 reflects the scanning light to the first reflector 222, and the first reflector 222 will reflect The scanning light on it is reflected to the photoelectric conversion element 232 , and the photoelectric conversion element 232 converts the received scanning light into a digital signal to obtain the image data of the scanning surface 310 to realize scanning the contents of the scanning surface 310 .
其中,光源212可以是激光器、荧光灯管、发光二极管组件、钨灯及其任一组合中的之一,或光源212可以是激光器、荧光灯管、发光二极管组件、钨灯及其任一组合中的之一以及控制组件。Wherein, the light source 212 can be one of lasers, fluorescent tubes, light emitting diode assemblies, tungsten lamps and any combination thereof, or the light source 212 can be one of lasers, fluorescent tubes, light emitting diode assemblies, tungsten lamps and any combination thereof One and the control assembly.
在本申请实施例中,光源212除了可以沿初始扫描方向J往复运动之外,光源212还可进行如下调整:In the embodiment of the present application, in addition to the reciprocating movement of the light source 212 along the initial scanning direction J, the light source 212 can also be adjusted as follows:
在扫描过程中,该光源212的移动速率可调整,即光源212在扫描过程中,并非是一个恒定速率进行移动的。如在扫描到非弯曲区域(如图3中矩形边框(A
1A
2A
51A
52)或矩形边框(A
3A
4A
61A
62))与弯曲区域(如图3中矩形边框(A
51A
52A
61A
62))时的移动速率是不同的。光源212以第一移动速率扫描非弯曲区域,光源212以第二移动速率扫描弯曲区域,其中第一移动速率大于第二移动速率,即光源212以更慢的移动速率扫描弯曲区域。若扫描面310包括弯曲程度不同的弯曲区域,光源212以更小的移动速率扫描弯曲程度更大的弯曲区 域。若光源212以相同的移动速率扫描弯曲程度不同的区域,光源212在相同时间以相同移动速率经过相同位移,但是光源212经过扫描面310上弯曲区域的面积大于非弯曲区域的面积,或是说光源212经过相同位移时,扫描面310上弯曲区域展开后的面积或长度比非弯曲区域的面积或长度大。则在相同时间内,扫描光线能充分扫描非弯曲区域的面积比弯曲区域的面积变少,相应充分扫描到扫描面310上的内容变少。为此光源212以不同的移动速率扫描该扫描面上弯曲区域与非弯曲区域,或光源212以不同的移动速率扫描该扫描面上弯曲程度不同的区域,确保在相同时间内,扫描光线经过扫描面310上弯曲区域与非弯曲区域的路程一样或接近,即该弯曲区域展开呈非弯曲形状时的路程与该非弯曲区域的路程一样或接近,则扫描光线能充分扫描到扫描面310弯曲区域上的信息,减少扫描面310弯曲区域扫描成像的阴影与形变。其中,弯曲区域为扫描面310上与承载体201贴合的区域,非弯曲区域为扫描面310上与承载体201非贴合的区域。
During the scanning process, the moving speed of the light source 212 is adjustable, that is, the light source 212 does not move at a constant speed during the scanning process. For example, when scanning a non-curved area (such as the rectangular frame (A 1 A 2 A 51 A 52 ) or rectangular frame (A 3 A 4 A 61 A 62 ) in Figure 3) and a curved area (such as the rectangular frame (A 51 A 52 A 61 A 62 )) the movement speed is different. The light source 212 scans the non-curved area at a first moving rate, and the light source 212 scans the curved area at a second moving rate, wherein the first moving rate is greater than the second moving rate, that is, the light source 212 scans the curved area at a slower moving rate. If the scanning surface 310 includes curved regions with different degrees of curvature, the light source 212 scans the curved region with a greater degree of curvature at a slower moving speed. If the light source 212 scans areas with different degrees of curvature at the same moving rate, the light source 212 undergoes the same displacement at the same time at the same moving rate, but the area of the light source 212 passing through the curved area on the scanning surface 310 is larger than the area of the non-curved area, or When the light source 212 undergoes the same displacement, the expanded area or length of the curved region on the scanning surface 310 is larger than the area or length of the non-curved region. Then, in the same time period, the area that the scanning light can sufficiently scan the non-curved area is smaller than the area of the curved area, and correspondingly, less content can be fully scanned on the scanning surface 310 . For this reason, the light source 212 scans the curved area and the non-curved area on the scanning surface at different moving rates, or the light source 212 scans the areas with different degrees of curvature on the scanning surface at different moving rates, so as to ensure that the scanning light passes through the scanning area at the same time. The path of the curved area on the surface 310 is the same or close to that of the non-curved area, that is, the path of the curved area when it is unfolded into a non-curved shape is the same or close to the path of the non-curved area, then the scanning light can fully scan the curved area of the scanning surface 310 information on the scanning surface 310 to reduce the shadow and deformation of scanning imaging in the curved area. Wherein, the curved area is the area on the scanning surface 310 that is attached to the carrier 201 , and the non-bending area is the area on the scanning surface 310 that is not attached to the carrier 201 .
在其中一种可能实现方式中,光源212可以包括光源本体213和用于控制光源本体213的控制组件或驱动组件。如图3所示,光源212还包括第一控制组件214,该第一控制组件214可以根据控制器输出的信号控制光源本体213,以调整光源本体213的移动速率。光源212还可以包括相应的驱动组件(图未示),该驱动组件用于根据控制器输出的信号驱动光源本体213和第一控制组件214,以调整光源本体213的移动速率。In one possible implementation manner, the light source 212 may include a light source body 213 and a control component or a driving component for controlling the light source body 213 . As shown in FIG. 3 , the light source 212 further includes a first control component 214 , the first control component 214 can control the light source body 213 according to the signal output by the controller, so as to adjust the moving speed of the light source body 213 . The light source 212 may also include a corresponding driving component (not shown), which is used to drive the light source body 213 and the first control component 214 according to the signal output by the controller, so as to adjust the moving speed of the light source body 213 .
进一步地,光源212位置可调整。光源212可以根据待扫描物体300的扫描面310的摆放位置,调整扫描的路径。如光源212扫描的起始位置可调整,光源212扫描的终点位置也可以调整。具体地,如图3中,光源212的扫描起点可以调整为扫描面310的边框A
1A
2所对应的位置,扫描终点可以调整为扫描面310的边框A
3A
4所对应的位置。扫描过程中,光源212沿着边框A
1A
2所对应的位置移动至边框A
3A
4所对应的位置。通过调整光源212的扫描起点与扫描终点,可以更高效率扫描该扫描面310上的内容,减少功耗。
Further, the position of the light source 212 can be adjusted. The light source 212 can adjust the scanning path according to the position of the scanning surface 310 of the object 300 to be scanned. For example, the starting position of the scanning of the light source 212 can be adjusted, and the end position of the scanning of the light source 212 can also be adjusted. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 3 , the scanning starting point of the light source 212 can be adjusted to the position corresponding to the frame A 1 A 2 of the scanning surface 310 , and the scanning end point can be adjusted to the position corresponding to the frame A 3 A 4 of the scanning surface 310 . During the scanning process, the light source 212 moves from the position corresponding to the frame A 1 A 2 to the position corresponding to the frame A 3 A 4 . By adjusting the scanning start point and the scanning end point of the light source 212, the content on the scanning surface 310 can be scanned more efficiently and power consumption can be reduced.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,控制器可通过第一控制组件214或驱动组件调整光源本体213的位置。驱动组件或第一控制组件214可是控制器的一部分。In one possible implementation manner, the controller can adjust the position of the light source body 213 through the first control component 214 or the driving component. The drive assembly or first control assembly 214 may be part of the controller.
可选的,由于对光源212的位置进行了调整,有可能在扫描移动时,光源212的端点靠近或者超出扫描装置200的边界,例如超出承载体201所在平面的边界。因此,在光源212进行扫描的过程中,检测光源212的位置是否超出其被允许活动的空间范围,如果到达允许移动的边界,或者达到边界之前,保持光源212的摆放角度不变,平移光源212,并使光源212按平移前的方向继续移动完成扫描。如检测到光源212在移动的过程中,光源212的任一一部分的位置即将靠近边框B
1B
3所在的平面,则保持光源212的摆放角度向边框B
2B
4所在的方向移动。通过调整光源212在扫描过程中的位置,确保不会发现机械碰撞。
Optionally, due to the adjustment of the position of the light source 212 , it is possible that the end point of the light source 212 approaches or exceeds the boundary of the scanning device 200 during the scanning movement, for example, exceeds the boundary of the plane where the carrier 201 is located. Therefore, during the scanning process of the light source 212, it is detected whether the position of the light source 212 exceeds the space range allowed to move, if it reaches the boundary allowed to move, or before reaching the boundary, keep the placement angle of the light source 212 unchanged, and translate the light source 212, and make the light source 212 continue to move in the direction before translation to complete the scan. If it is detected that any part of the light source 212 is about to approach the plane where the frame B 1 B 3 is located during the moving process of the light source 212, then keep the placement angle of the light source 212 and move to the direction where the frame B 2 B 4 is located. By adjusting the position of the light source 212 during scanning, it is ensured that no mechanical collisions are found.
在一种可实现方式中,该光源212的摆放角度可调整。光源212的摆放角度可以根据扫描面310的摆放角度调整。如以承载体201的水平边框B
1B
3为预先设定的水平基准,则扫描面310的摆放角度为扫描面310的水平边框A
2A
4与水平边框B
1B
3之间的夹角。或,以承载体201的竖直边框B
1B
2为预先设的水平基准,则扫描面310的摆放角度为扫描面310的竖直边框A
1A
2与竖直边框B
1B
2为之间的夹角。水平基准也可以是其他参考物或参考坐标系,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。
In a practicable manner, the placement angle of the light source 212 can be adjusted. The placement angle of the light source 212 can be adjusted according to the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 . If the horizontal frame B 1 B 3 of the carrier 201 is used as a preset horizontal reference, the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 is the sandwich between the horizontal frame A 2 A 4 and the horizontal frame B 1 B 3 of the scanning surface 310 horn. Or, taking the vertical frame B 1 B 2 of the carrier 201 as the preset horizontal reference, the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 is that the vertical frame A 1 A 2 and the vertical frame B 1 B 2 of the scanning surface 310 are angle between. The horizontal datum may also be other reference objects or reference coordinate systems, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
如图3所示,光源212与承载体201的竖直边框B
1B
2平行,若扫描面310的摆放角度为30度,调整光源212的摆放角度为30度,即将光源212旋转30度,以使得旋转后的光源212与扫描面310的竖直边框B
1B
2平行,或使得旋转后的光源212与扫描面310的水平边框B
1B
3 垂直。通过调整光源212的摆放角度,确保光源212发射出的扫描光线可以更充分地照射至扫描面310上的内容。
As shown in Figure 3, the light source 212 is parallel to the vertical frame B 1 B 2 of the carrier 201, if the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 is 30 degrees, adjust the placement angle of the light source 212 to be 30 degrees, that is, rotate the light source 212 by 30 degrees degrees, so that the rotated light source 212 is parallel to the vertical frame B 1 B 2 of the scanning plane 310 , or makes the rotated light source 212 perpendicular to the horizontal frame B 1 B 3 of the scanning plane 310 . By adjusting the placement angle of the light source 212 , it is ensured that the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 can more fully irradiate the content on the scanning surface 310 .
在其中一种可能实现方式中,控制器可通过第一控制组件214或驱动组件调整光源本体213的摆放角度。In one possible implementation manner, the controller can adjust the placement angle of the light source body 213 through the first control component 214 or the driving component.
如图3所示,在光源本体213扫描前进所在的平面,即在光源本体213沿着初始扫描方向J前进的平面内,可以将光源本体213沿着方向C平移,以调整光源本体213的摆放角度。控制器输出扫描面的摆放角度给第一控制组件214,第一控制组件214调整光源本体213的摆放角度,如沿着方向C倾斜光源本体213的角度,使得光源本体213即荧光灯管本体垂直于扫描方向,或使光源本体213与扫描面310的竖直边框A
1A
2平行,或使得光源本体213与扫描面310上文本方向垂直。确保光源本体213所发射出的扫描光线移动方向与扫描面310上文本方向一致。
As shown in FIG. 3 , in the plane where the light source body 213 scans forward, that is, in the plane where the light source body 213 advances along the initial scanning direction J, the light source body 213 can be translated along the direction C to adjust the swing of the light source body 213. put angle. The controller outputs the placement angle of the scanning surface to the first control component 214, and the first control component 214 adjusts the placement angle of the light source body 213, such as tilting the angle of the light source body 213 along the direction C, so that the light source body 213 is the fluorescent tube body Vertical to the scanning direction, or make the light source body 213 parallel to the vertical frame A 1 A 2 of the scanning surface 310 , or make the light source body 213 perpendicular to the text direction on the scanning surface 310 . Ensure that the moving direction of the scanning light emitted by the light source body 213 is consistent with the direction of the text on the scanning surface 310 .
在一种可实现方式中,光源212的移动方向可以调整。光源212的移动方向即扫描装置200的扫描方向。光源212可以沿着扫描面310的边框方向,如边框A
2A
4方向,来移动扫描。或者,光源212可以沿着扫描面310中内容的排布方向,例如文字方向,来移动扫描。如果扫描面310的摆放角度变化,光源212的摆放角度和移动方向可以根据扫描面310的摆放角度调整。在根据扫描面310的边框设置扫描方向时,光源212可以更充分地对扫描面310进行扫描。根据文本方向设置扫描方向时,光源212发射的扫描光线可以更充分地照射至扫描面310上的文本。
In one implementable manner, the moving direction of the light source 212 can be adjusted. The moving direction of the light source 212 is the scanning direction of the scanning device 200 . The light source 212 can move and scan along the frame direction of the scanning surface 310 , such as the frame A 2 A 4 direction. Alternatively, the light source 212 can move and scan along the arrangement direction of the contents on the scanning surface 310 , for example, the direction of characters. If the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 changes, the placement angle and moving direction of the light source 212 can be adjusted according to the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 . When the scanning direction is set according to the frame of the scanning surface 310 , the light source 212 can scan the scanning surface 310 more fully. When the scanning direction is set according to the direction of the text, the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 can more fully irradiate the text on the scanning surface 310 .
在其中一种可能实现方式中,光源212的朝向可调整。通过调整光源212的朝向来改变光源212所发射出的扫描光线的发射方向,确保扫描光线可以更充分地照射至扫描面上的内容。如图3所示,光源本体213的朝向可调整。发光区域215为光源本体213上发射扫描光线的区域。以荧光灯管的中心线为轴H,将荧光灯管绕轴H旋转,则发光区域215朝向的方向改变,发光区域215可以以预定方向发射出扫描光线,即光源212可以在方向B上绕轴H旋转,将光源本体213发射的扫描光线向预定的角度范围偏转并扫描,使得扫描光线可以以对应的发射方向入射至扫描面310。In one possible implementation manner, the direction of the light source 212 can be adjusted. By adjusting the direction of the light source 212 to change the emission direction of the scanning light emitted by the light source 212, it is ensured that the scanning light can more fully irradiate the content on the scanning surface. As shown in FIG. 3 , the orientation of the light source body 213 can be adjusted. The light emitting area 215 is an area on the light source body 213 that emits scanning light. Taking the central line of the fluorescent tube as the axis H, and rotating the fluorescent tube around the axis H, the direction of the light emitting area 215 changes, and the light emitting area 215 can emit scanning light in a predetermined direction, that is, the light source 212 can rotate around the axis H in the direction B The rotation deflects and scans the scanning light emitted by the light source body 213 to a predetermined angle range, so that the scanning light can be incident on the scanning surface 310 in a corresponding emission direction.
控制器根据扫描面上310不同弯曲程度的第一区域与第二区域输出第一发射方向或第二发射方向给第一控制组件214,第一控制组件214调整光源本体213中发光区域215的朝向,使得发光区域215的朝向为控制器所输出的第一发射方向或第二发射方向。在扫描非弯曲区域时,控制器输出第一发射方向,第一控制组件214根据该第一发射方向控制光源本体213发射的扫描光线照射至所述扫描面310的第一区域,控制光源本体213向第一发射方向发射扫描光线,则可以调整光源本体213,使得光源本体213发出的扫描光线与用于承载待扫描物体300的承载体201成第二夹角,扫描光线以第一发射方向入射至扫描面310,扫描光线与扫描面310之间夹角恒为第一夹角。在扫描弯曲区域时,控制器输出第二发射方向,第一控制组件214根据该第二发射方向控制光源本体213发射的扫描光线照射至扫描面310的弯曲区域,控制光源本体213向第二发射方向发射扫描光线,则可以调整光源本体213,使得光源本体213发出的扫描光线与承载体201成第三夹角,其中所述第二夹角不同于所述第三夹角扫描光线以第一发射方向入射至扫描面310,扫描光线与扫描面310之间夹角恒为第一夹角。The controller outputs the first emission direction or the second emission direction to the first control component 214 according to the first region and the second region with different curvature degrees on the scanning surface 310, and the first control component 214 adjusts the orientation of the light emitting region 215 in the light source body 213 , so that the orientation of the light-emitting area 215 is the first emission direction or the second emission direction output by the controller. When scanning the non-curved area, the controller outputs the first emission direction, and the first control component 214 controls the scanning light emitted by the light source body 213 to irradiate the first area of the scanning surface 310 according to the first emission direction, and controls the light source body 213 Sending scanning light to the first emission direction, the light source body 213 can be adjusted so that the scanning light emitted by the light source body 213 forms a second angle with the carrier 201 for carrying the object 300 to be scanned, and the scanning light is incident in the first emission direction To the scanning surface 310 , the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 is always the first angle. When scanning the curved area, the controller outputs a second emission direction, and the first control component 214 controls the scanning light emitted by the light source body 213 to irradiate the curved area of the scanning surface 310 according to the second emission direction, and controls the light source body 213 to emit light to the second emission direction. The light source body 213 can be adjusted so that the light source body 213 emits a scanning light and the carrier 201 forms a third included angle, wherein the second included angle is different from the third included angle. The emission direction is incident on the scanning surface 310 , and the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 is always the first angle.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,光源212还可以包括光偏转组件(图未示),调整发射扫描光线的发射方向还可以由光偏转组件执行,该光偏转组件用于偏转光源212发射出的扫描光 线,以将光源212发射出的扫描光线以一定的方向入射至待扫描物体300的扫描面310。In one of the possible implementations, the light source 212 may also include a light deflection component (not shown in the figure), and the adjustment of the emission direction of the emitted scanning light may also be performed by the light deflection component, which is used to deflect the light emitted by the light source 212. The scanning light is used to make the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 incident on the scanning surface 310 of the object to be scanned 300 in a certain direction.
光偏转组件可以将光源212发射出的扫描光线向预定的角度范围偏转并扫描,即光源212发射出的扫描光线反射至光偏转组件,控制器将第一发射方向或第二发射方向输出给光偏转组件,或控制器将第一发射方向或第二发射方向输出第一控制组件214,由第一控制组件214根据该第一发射方向或第二发射方向控制该光偏转组件,该光偏转组件根据该一发射方向或第二发射方向偏转该扫描光线,以使得光偏转组件偏转后的扫描光线以对应的第一发射方向或第二发射方向入射至扫描面310,进而调整扫描光线与扫描面310的入射角度,通过光偏转组件偏转扫描光线,使扫描光线与扫描面310的第一夹角保持恒定。如,扫描第一区域,光偏转组件接收到第一发射方向,则光偏转组件根据该第一发射方向偏转扫描光线,以使得偏转后的扫描光线与承载体201成第二夹角,扫描光线以第一发射方向入射至扫描面310,扫描光线与扫描面310之间夹角恒为第一夹角。扫描第二区域,光偏转组件接收到第二发射方向,则光偏转组件根据该第二发射方向偏转扫描光线,以使得偏转后的扫描光线与承载体201成第三夹角,扫描光线以第二发射方向入射至扫描面310,扫描光线与扫描面310之间夹角恒为第一夹角。The light deflection component can deflect and scan the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 to a predetermined angle range, that is, the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 is reflected to the light deflection component, and the controller outputs the first emission direction or the second emission direction to the light The deflection component, or the controller outputs the first emission direction or the second emission direction to the first control component 214, and the first control component 214 controls the light deflection component according to the first emission direction or the second emission direction, and the light deflection component The scanning light is deflected according to the first emitting direction or the second emitting direction, so that the scanning light deflected by the light deflection component enters the scanning surface 310 in the corresponding first emitting direction or the second emitting direction, thereby adjusting the scanning light and the scanning surface. For the incident angle of 310, the scanning light is deflected by the light deflection component, so that the first included angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 remains constant. For example, when scanning the first area, the light deflection component receives the first emission direction, then the light deflection component deflects the scanning light according to the first emission direction, so that the deflected scanning light forms a second angle with the carrier 201, and the scanning light Incident to the scanning surface 310 in the first emission direction, the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 is always the first angle. Scanning the second area, the light deflection component receives the second emission direction, then the light deflection component deflects the scanning light according to the second emission direction, so that the deflected scanning light forms a third angle with the carrier 201, and the scanning light follows the second emission direction The two emission directions are incident on the scanning surface 310 , and the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 is always the first angle.
则控制器可以控制光源212朝着第一预定方向发射扫描光线,以使得发射出去的扫描光线经过光偏转组件偏转后,该偏转后的扫描光线向扫描面310传播的传播方向为第一发射方向。相应地,控制器可以根据第二发射方向,控制光源212朝着第二预定方向发射扫描光线,以使得扫描光线经过光偏转组件偏转后,该偏转后的扫描光线向扫描面310传播的传播方向为第二发射方向。其中第一预定方向和第二预定方向可以根据反射原理以及第一发射方向和第二发射方向推理得到。Then the controller can control the light source 212 to emit scanning light toward the first predetermined direction, so that after the emitted scanning light is deflected by the light deflection component, the propagation direction of the deflected scanning light to the scanning surface 310 is the first emitting direction . Correspondingly, the controller can control the light source 212 to emit the scanning light toward the second predetermined direction according to the second emission direction, so that after the scanning light is deflected by the light deflection component, the deflected scanning light travels toward the scanning surface 310 in the propagation direction is the second emission direction. The first predetermined direction and the second predetermined direction can be deduced according to the principle of reflection and the first emission direction and the second emission direction.
其中,第一反射体222的表面具有反射面225,该反射面225反射由扫描面310反射出来的扫描光线,在扫描面310反射出来的扫描光线中,光和阴影的变化根据图像的存在与否来分布,从扫描面310反射的扫描光线(其为扫描面310上的图像信息)通过反射面225反射至光电变换元件232。第一反射体222可以为反射镜,如棱镜等。Wherein, the surface of the first reflector 222 has a reflective surface 225, and the reflective surface 225 reflects the scanning light reflected by the scanning surface 310. In the scanning light reflected by the scanning surface 310, the light and shadow changes according to the presence and Otherwise, the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface 310 (which is the image information on the scanning surface 310 ) is reflected to the photoelectric conversion element 232 through the reflecting surface 225 . The first reflector 222 may be a mirror, such as a prism.
在本申请实施例中,第一反射体222除了可以在初始扫描方向J上往复运动,即第一反射体222除了根据光源212在沿扫描方向上往复运动之外,第一反射体222还可进行如下调整:In the embodiment of the present application, the first reflector 222 can reciprocate in the initial scanning direction J, that is, in addition to reciprocating the first reflector 222 along the scanning direction according to the light source 212, the first reflector 222 can also Make the following adjustments:
该第一反射体222的移动方向可以调整,第一反射体222的移动方向即扫描装置200的扫描方向。第一反射体222的移动方向与光源212的移动方向一致,在调整光源212的移动方向时,对应调整第一反射体222的移动方向。调整第一反射体222的移动方向确保第一反射体222可以更好接收扫描面310反射出来的扫描光线。The moving direction of the first reflector 222 can be adjusted, and the moving direction of the first reflector 222 is the scanning direction of the scanning device 200 . The moving direction of the first reflector 222 is consistent with the moving direction of the light source 212 , and when the moving direction of the light source 212 is adjusted, the moving direction of the first reflector 222 is correspondingly adjusted. Adjusting the moving direction of the first reflector 222 ensures that the first reflector 222 can better receive the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface 310 .
该第一反射体222的朝向可调整,如可以旋转第一反射体222,以调整第一反射体222的反射面225反射该扫描光线的方向,改变该扫描光线经该扫描面310反射后的反射方向,使得第一反射体222能最大程度地接收到扫描光线,并能将接收到的扫描光线顺利反射至光电变换元件232。The orientation of the first reflector 222 can be adjusted. For example, the first reflector 222 can be rotated to adjust the direction in which the scanning light is reflected by the reflective surface 225 of the first reflector 222, and the direction of the scanning light after being reflected by the scanning surface 310 can be changed. The reflection direction is such that the first reflector 222 can receive the scanning light to the greatest extent, and can smoothly reflect the received scanning light to the photoelectric conversion element 232 .
该第一反射体222的移动速率可以调整,即第一反射体222在扫描过程中,并非是一个恒定速率进行移动的,在扫描到非弯曲区域(如图3中矩形边框(A
1A
2A
51A
52)或矩形边框(A
3A
4A
61A
62))与弯曲区域(如图3中矩形边框(A
51A
52A
61A
62))时的移动速率是不同的。第一反射体222的移动速率与光源212的移动速率保持一致或接近。在调整光源212的移动速率时,对应调整第一反射体222的移动速率。
The moving rate of the first reflector 222 can be adjusted, that is, the first reflector 222 does not move at a constant rate during the scanning process. A 51 A 52 ) or a rectangular frame (A 3 A 4 A 61 A 62 )) and a curved area (such as the rectangular frame (A 51 A 52 A 61 A 62 ) in Figure 3) have different moving speeds. The moving speed of the first reflector 222 is consistent with or close to the moving speed of the light source 212 . When the moving speed of the light source 212 is adjusted, the moving speed of the first reflector 222 is correspondingly adjusted.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,如图3所示,该第一反射体222可以包括第一反射体本体223和用于控制第一反射体本体223的第二控制组件224,其中该第二控制组件224可以根据控制器输出的信号控制第一反射体本体223。即第二控制组件224可以控制第一反射体本体223调整上述移动方向、反射方向或移动速率。In one possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 3 , the first reflector 222 may include a first reflector body 223 and a second control component 224 for controlling the first reflector body 223 , wherein the second The control component 224 can control the first reflector body 223 according to the signal output by the controller. That is, the second control component 224 can control the first reflector body 223 to adjust the above-mentioned moving direction, reflecting direction or moving speed.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,第二控制组件224还可以用于驱动第一反射体本体223,则控制器输出移动速率给第二控制组件224,由第二控制组件224根据该移动速率驱动第一反射体本体223前进。In one of the possible implementations, the second control component 224 can also be used to drive the first reflector body 223, then the controller outputs the movement rate to the second control component 224, and the second control component 224 drives according to the movement rate The first reflector body 223 advances.
在本申请实施例中,该驱动组件可以同时驱动光源本体213和第一反射体本体223沿着扫描方向朝要扫描的待扫描物体300移动,且可以以相同的移动速率同时驱动光源本体213和第一反射体本体223。该驱动组件可以包含电机或传动带,和可以进一步包括控制电机或传动带的驱动控制器。其中,驱动组件基本与传统扫描装置200的用于驱动光源本体213和第一反射体本体223的组件相同,因此,省略对其的详细介绍说明。In the embodiment of the present application, the driving assembly can simultaneously drive the light source body 213 and the first reflector body 223 to move toward the object 300 to be scanned along the scanning direction, and can simultaneously drive the light source body 213 and the first reflector body 223 at the same moving speed. The first reflector body 223 . The drive assembly may include a motor or belt, and may further include a drive controller that controls the motor or belt. Wherein, the driving assembly is basically the same as the assembly for driving the light source body 213 and the first reflector body 223 of the conventional scanning device 200 , therefore, its detailed description is omitted.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,扫描组件202还包括第二反射体242,第二反射体242位置固定,即第二反射体242不会随着光源212移动。第二反射体242可以作为一个光线中转器,将第一反射体222反射的扫描光线反射至光电变换元件232。第二反射体242可以为反射镜,如棱镜。则第一反射体222可以为移动棱镜,第二反射体242为固定棱镜。In one possible implementation manner, the scanning component 202 further includes a second reflector 242 , and the position of the second reflector 242 is fixed, that is, the second reflector 242 does not move along with the light source 212 . The second reflector 242 can serve as a light relay to reflect the scanning light reflected by the first reflector 222 to the photoelectric conversion element 232 . The second reflector 242 may be a mirror, such as a prism. Then the first reflector 222 may be a moving prism, and the second reflector 242 may be a fixed prism.
其中,光电变换元件232用于接收扫描组件202反射的光线,如可以接收棱镜反射的光线,并将接收到的光图像变成电信号,输出图像数据。光电变换元件232可以为光电传感器,光电传感器是将光信号转换为电信号的一种器件。其工作原理基于光电效应。光电效应是指光照射在某些物质上时,物质的电子吸收光子的能量而发生了相应的电效应现象。根据光电效应现象的不同将光电效应分为三类:外光电效应、内光电效应及光生伏特效应。光电器件有光电管、光电倍增管、光敏电阻、光敏二极管、光敏三极管、光电池等。Wherein, the photoelectric conversion element 232 is used to receive the light reflected by the scanning component 202, such as light reflected by a prism, and convert the received light image into an electrical signal to output image data. The photoelectric conversion element 232 may be a photoelectric sensor, which is a device that converts optical signals into electrical signals. Its working principle is based on the photoelectric effect. The photoelectric effect refers to that when light is irradiated on certain substances, the electrons of the substance absorb the energy of photons and a corresponding electric effect occurs. According to the different phenomena of photoelectric effect, photoelectric effect can be divided into three categories: external photoelectric effect, internal photoelectric effect and photovoltaic effect. Photoelectric devices include phototubes, photomultiplier tubes, photoresistors, photodiodes, phototransistors, and photocells.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,光扫描装置200还可以包括信号处理组件(图未示),由该信号处理组件对光电变换元件232输出的图像数据进行处理,输出图像信号。信号处理组件可以包括驱动电路和信号处理器,在驱动电路的作用下,光电变换元件232将光线变成数字信号,经过信号处理器对该数字信号的处理得到图像信号。In one possible implementation manner, the optical scanning device 200 may further include a signal processing component (not shown in the figure), and the signal processing component processes the image data output by the photoelectric conversion element 232 to output an image signal. The signal processing component may include a driving circuit and a signal processor. Under the action of the driving circuit, the photoelectric conversion element 232 converts light into a digital signal, and the digital signal is processed by the signal processor to obtain an image signal.
下面结合常规的扫描设备具体说明本申请实施例的扫描装置200的工作过程:The working process of the scanning device 200 in the embodiment of the present application will be specifically described below in conjunction with a conventional scanning device:
常规的图像扫描设备100在扫描时,无论是扫描第一区域还是扫描第二区域,均是以常规的控制参数控制日光灯2与棱镜3工作,如控制日光灯2与棱镜3以一个恒定的移动速率移动,控制日光灯2与棱镜3以一个恒定的扫描方向移动,控制日光灯2以一个恒定的发射方向发射扫描光线,棱镜3以一个恒定的姿态接收扫描面310反射出来的扫描光线。When the conventional image scanning device 100 scans, whether it is scanning the first area or scanning the second area, it controls the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 to work with conventional control parameters, such as controlling the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 to move at a constant speed Move, control the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 to move in a constant scanning direction, control the fluorescent lamp 2 to emit scanning light in a constant emission direction, and the prism 3 receives the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface 310 in a constant attitude.
在扫描到扫描面310非弯曲区域时,本申请实施例提供的扫描装置200和常规扫描设备工作方式相同,控制器控制光源212和和第一反射体222以一个恒定的移动速率(如为第一移动速率)移动,控制光源212以一个恒定的发射方向(如为第一发射方向)发射扫描光线,扫描面310将扫描光线反射至第一反射体222,第一反射体222以一个恒定的姿态接收扫描面310反射出来的扫描光线,第一反射体222接收到携带扫描面310信息的扫描光线,再由第一反射体222将接收到的扫描光线以一个恒定的反射方向反射至光电变换元件232。When scanning to the non-curved area of the scanning surface 310, the scanning device 200 provided by the embodiment of the present application works in the same way as a conventional scanning device, and the controller controls the light source 212 and the first reflector 222 to move at a constant rate (such as the second a moving speed) to move, control the light source 212 to emit scanning light with a constant emission direction (such as the first emission direction), and the scanning surface 310 reflects the scanning light to the first reflector 222, and the first reflector 222 emits the scanning light at a constant The posture receives the scanning light reflected by the scanning surface 310, the first reflector 222 receives the scanning light carrying the information of the scanning surface 310, and then the first reflector 222 reflects the received scanning light in a constant reflection direction to the photoelectric conversion Element 232.
在扫描到扫描面310弯曲区域时,常规的图像扫描设备100仍是以上述常规的控制参数控制日光灯2与棱镜3工作,即对于常规的图像扫描设备100来说,其控制参数在整个扫描过程中是不变的,相应的扫描组件(日光灯2与棱镜3)的扫描也是不变的。则扫描光线在扫 描面310上反射,而不是玻璃台。以相同发射方向的扫描光线扫描该扫描面310的非弯曲区域与弯曲区域,则扫描光线在非弯曲区域与在弯曲区域的入射角度不同,即扫描该扫描面310的非弯曲区域的扫描光线与该非弯曲区域的夹角,与扫描该扫描面的弯曲区域的扫描光线与该弯曲区域的夹角不同,相应地,非弯曲区域上的扫描光线与弯曲区域上的扫描光线所能携带的扫描面310的信息量不同。基于扫描光线在非弯曲区域与在弯曲区域的入射角度不同,所反射的扫描光线的角度也有所变化,即弯曲区域所反射的扫描光线的角度相对于非弯曲区域时所反射的扫描光线的角度有所变化。对于弯曲程度比较大的位置,反射出的扫描光线出射角度偏差会更大,则获得的扫描光线信息上的文本内容发生形变。且若不调整棱镜3,则棱镜3可能无法接收到扫描面310反射出来的扫描光线。如果扫描光线不能传输到棱镜3,会直接导致该位置区域没有扫描信息输入到光电变换元件4中,则默认为没有信息,因此弯曲凹槽部分发黑。When scanning to the curved area of the scanning surface 310, the conventional image scanning device 100 still controls the work of the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 with the above-mentioned conventional control parameters. is unchanged, and the scanning of the corresponding scanning components (fluorescent lamp 2 and prism 3) is also unchanged. The scanning light is then reflected on the scanning surface 310 instead of the glass stage. Scanning the non-curved area and the curved area of the scanning surface 310 with the scanning light in the same emission direction, the incident angles of the scanning light in the non-curved area and the curved area are different, that is, the scanning light scanning the non-curved area of the scanning surface 310 and the The included angle of the non-curved area is different from the included angle between the scanning light scanning the curved area of the scanning surface and the curved area. Correspondingly, the scanning light carried by the scanning light on the non-curved area and the scanning light on the curved area The amount of information on the plane 310 is different. Based on the different incident angles of the scanning light in the non-curved area and in the curved area, the angle of the reflected scanning light also changes, that is, the angle of the scanning light reflected in the curved area is relative to the angle of the scanning light reflected in the non-curved area Something has changed. For a position with a relatively large degree of curvature, the deviation of the reflected scanning light emission angle will be greater, and the text content on the obtained scanning light information will be deformed. And if the prism 3 is not adjusted, the prism 3 may not be able to receive the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface 310 . If the scanning light cannot be transmitted to the prism 3, it will directly result in no scanning information input into the photoelectric conversion element 4 in the position area, and it will be assumed that there is no information by default, so the bending groove part is black.
常规扫描设备的扫描组件的移动速率是恒定的,日光灯2与棱镜3经过扫描面310弯曲区域的速率就会发生变化,导致扫描光线获取的信息有遗漏,使得扫描成像会产生拉伸形变。当日光灯2与棱镜3以相同移动速率经过扫描面310,即日光灯2与棱镜3在扫描该扫描面310保持一个恒定的移动速率,扫描面310上弯曲区域与非弯曲区域接收扫描的速率是不一样的。相应地,不同弯曲程度的弯曲区域接收扫描的速率是不一样的。日光灯2与棱镜3在相同时间内以相同移动速率经过相同位移,但是日光灯2与棱镜3经过扫描面上弯曲区域的面积大于非弯曲区域的面积,或是说在日光灯2与棱镜3经过相同位移时,扫描面310上弯曲区域展开后的面积或长度比非弯曲区域的面积或长度大。The moving speed of the scanning component of the conventional scanning device is constant, but the speed of the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 passing through the curved area of the scanning surface 310 will change, resulting in omission of information acquired by the scanning light, causing stretching deformation of the scanning image. When the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 pass through the scanning surface 310 at the same moving speed, that is, the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 keep a constant moving speed while scanning the scanning surface 310, the scanning speed of the curved area and the non-bending area on the scanning surface 310 is different. the same. Correspondingly, the scanning speeds of the curved regions with different degrees of curvature are different. The fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 go through the same displacement at the same moving speed in the same time, but the area of the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 passing through the curved area on the scanning surface is larger than the area of the non-bending area, or in other words, when the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 undergo the same displacement , the expanded area or length of the curved region on the scanning surface 310 is larger than the area or length of the non-curved region.
示例性地,弯曲区域为半径为5cm的半圆,日光灯2与棱镜3在相同时间内经过10cm位移,对于非弯曲区域,其就是经过了扫描面10cm的长度,但是对于弯曲区域,将该弯曲区域的弧展开,该弧即为扫描面310的边长,日光灯2与棱镜3经过了弯曲区域的扫描面的距离为5πcm,5πcm大于10cm。在相同时间内经过的距离越长,相应地该区域内接收扫描的速率变快,即若是以恒定移动速率经过扫描面310,日光灯2与棱镜3在相同时间以相同移动速率经过相同位移,但是日光灯2与棱镜3经过扫描面上弯曲区域的面积大于非弯曲区域的面积,或是说日光灯2与棱镜3经过相同位移时,扫描面上弯曲区域展开后的面积或长度比非弯曲区域的面积或长度大。则在相同时间内,扫描光线能充分扫描非弯曲区域的面积比弯曲区域的面积变少,相应充分扫描到扫描面上的内容变少。导致扫描光线获取的信息有遗漏,扫描成像不清晰。Exemplarily, the curved area is a semicircle with a radius of 5 cm. The fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 undergo a 10 cm displacement in the same time. The arc is expanded, and the arc is the side length of the scanning surface 310. The distance between the fluorescent lamp 2 and the scanning surface of the prism 3 passing through the curved area is 5πcm, and 5πcm is greater than 10cm. The longer the distance passed in the same time, the correspondingly the speed of receiving and scanning in this area becomes faster, that is, if the scanning surface 310 passes through the scanning surface 310 at a constant moving speed, the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 pass through the same displacement at the same moving speed at the same time, but The area of the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 passing through the curved area on the scanning surface is larger than the area of the non-bending area, or when the fluorescent lamp 2 and the prism 3 undergo the same displacement, the area or length of the curved area on the scanning surface is larger than the area of the non-bending area or long. Then, in the same time period, the area that the scanning light can fully scan the non-curved area is smaller than the area of the curved area, and correspondingly, the content that can be fully scanned on the scanning surface becomes less. The information obtained by the scanning light is missing, and the scanning image is not clear.
而本申请实施例中的扫描装置200在扫描到扫描面310弯曲区域时,扫描装置200识别出当前扫描的区域呈弯曲状态,获取该区域的弯曲状态即弯曲形状。控制器根据该弯曲形状计算出相应的扫描参数,控制器将相应的扫描参数输出给扫描组件202,扫描组件202根据对应的扫描参数进行工作。However, when the scanning device 200 in the embodiment of the present application scans the curved area of the scanning surface 310 , the scanning device 200 recognizes that the currently scanned area is in a curved state, and acquires the curved state of the area, that is, the curved shape. The controller calculates corresponding scanning parameters according to the curved shape, and the controller outputs the corresponding scanning parameters to the scanning component 202, and the scanning component 202 works according to the corresponding scanning parameters.
控制器根据弯曲形状计算出对应的第二移动速率,在经过扫描面310的弯曲区域时的第二移动速率要比经过扫描面310的非弯曲区域时的第一移动速率小,且若该弯曲区域越弯曲,其对应的第二移动速率的数值越小。因此,控制器控制扫描组件202在非弯曲区域恒定以第一移动速率对扫描面310进行扫描,控制扫描组件202在弯曲区域以第二移动速率对扫描面310进行扫描。若弯曲区域的弯曲状态不同,则控制扫描组件202以不同数值的第二移动速率对扫描面310进行扫描。通过控制扫描组件经过不同区域对应的移动速率,保证在相同时间内,扫描组件202经过扫描面310上弯曲区域与非弯曲区域的路程一样或接近,即该弯曲 区域展开呈非弯曲形状时的路程与该非弯曲区域的路程一样或接近。由此,可保证扫描组件202对扫描面310上的扫描是充分且均匀,即扫描光线充分且均匀地照射至扫描面310,保证扫描成像的清晰。根据扫描面310的形状实时调整移动速率,能保证扫描光线充分扫描到扫描面310弯曲区域的信息,减少扫描面310弯曲区域扫描成像的形变。The controller calculates the corresponding second moving rate according to the curved shape, and the second moving rate when passing through the curved area of the scanning surface 310 is smaller than the first moving rate when passing through the non-curved area of the scanning surface 310, and if the curved The more curved the area, the smaller the value of the corresponding second movement speed. Therefore, the controller controls the scanning component 202 to scan the scanning surface 310 at a constant first moving speed in the non-curved region, and controls the scanning component 202 to scan the scanning surface 310 at the second moving speed in the curved region. If the bending states of the bending regions are different, the scanning component 202 is controlled to scan the scanning surface 310 at a second moving rate of a different value. By controlling the moving speed of the scanning component passing through different regions, it is ensured that the distance of the scanning component 202 passing through the curved region on the scanning surface 310 is the same as or close to that of the non-curved region within the same time period, that is, the distance when the curved region is unfolded into a non-curved shape The same or close to the path of the non-curved region. In this way, it can be ensured that the scanning component 202 scans the scanning surface 310 sufficiently and uniformly, that is, the scanning light is fully and uniformly irradiated to the scanning surface 310 to ensure clear scanning images. Adjusting the moving rate in real time according to the shape of the scanning surface 310 can ensure that the scanning light fully scans the information of the curved area of the scanning surface 310, and reduces the deformation of scanning imaging in the curved area of the scanning surface 310.
控制器要使得扫描光线与扫描面310的第一夹角始终保持恒定,根据弯曲状态计算出扫描光线的发射方向。在扫描非弯曲区域时的第一发射方向与扫描弯曲区域时的第二发射方向不同,不同弯曲形状即不同弯曲程度的弯曲区域的第二发射方向的对应的方向值也不同。在扫描非弯曲区域时,控制器控制光源212,以使得扫描光线向扫描面发射的方向恒定为第一发射方向,保证扫描光线与该非弯曲区域的夹角为第一夹角,扫描光线与用于承载所述待扫描物体的承载体成第二夹角。基于该非弯曲区域相对于承载体平面非弯曲,该非弯曲区域与承载体平行,则该第一夹角等于该第二夹角。在扫描弯曲区域时,控制器控制光源212,以使得扫描光线向扫描面发射的方向为第二发射方向,保证扫描光线与该弯曲区域的夹角也恒定为第一夹角,则扫描光线与用于承载所述待扫描物体的承载体成第三夹角。第一发射方向与第二发射方向不同,第三夹角与第二夹角不同。由此实现扫描光线与扫描面310上弯曲区域的夹角为第一夹角,扫描光线与扫描面310上非弯曲区域的夹角也为第一夹角,扫描面310上的感光方向一致或接近,实现对弯曲区域的扫描与非弯曲区域的扫描一致或接近,使得扫描面上各个区域感光强度一致均匀,使得扫描的结果不出现黑色区域。避免扫描面310反射出来的扫描光线所携带的信息丢失或有误差,通过调整扫描光线的入射方向,将曲面当平面进行扫描,减少弯曲区域入射的扫描光线的角度不同导致的文本内容形变。The controller should keep the first included angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 constant, and calculate the emission direction of the scanning light according to the bending state. The first emission direction when scanning the non-curved area is different from the second emission direction when scanning the curved area, and the corresponding direction values of the second emission direction of the curved areas with different curved shapes, ie different degrees of curvature, are also different. When scanning the non-curved area, the controller controls the light source 212 so that the direction in which the scanning light emits to the scanning surface is constant as the first emission direction, ensuring that the angle between the scanning light and the non-curved area is the first angle, and the scanning light and the non-curved area are at the first angle. The carrier for carrying the object to be scanned forms a second included angle. Based on the fact that the non-bending region is not curved relative to the plane of the carrier, and the non-bending region is parallel to the carrier, the first included angle is equal to the second included angle. When scanning the curved area, the controller controls the light source 212 so that the direction in which the scanning light is emitted to the scanning surface is the second emission direction, ensuring that the angle between the scanning light and the curved area is also constant at the first angle, then the scanning light and the curved area are also constant at the first angle. The carrier for carrying the object to be scanned forms a third included angle. The first emission direction is different from the second emission direction, and the third included angle is different from the second included angle. In this way, the angle between the scanning light and the curved area on the scanning surface 310 is the first angle, the angle between the scanning light and the non-curved area on the scanning surface 310 is also the first angle, and the photosensitive direction on the scanning surface 310 is consistent or Proximity, to realize that the scanning of the curved area is consistent or close to the scanning of the non-curved area, so that the photosensitive intensity of each area on the scanning surface is consistent and uniform, so that no black area appears in the scanning result. To avoid the loss or error of information carried by the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface 310, by adjusting the incident direction of the scanning light, the curved surface is scanned as a plane to reduce the deformation of the text content caused by the different angles of the incident scanning light in the curved area.
控制器基于对扫描光线的发射方向调整,根据反射原理,调整第一反射体222对扫描面310反射出来的扫描光线的反射方向,确保扫描面310弯曲区域反射回来的扫描光线,能顺利传播到第二反射体242,以通过第二反射体242引导至光电变换元件232。减少信息丢失,减少扫描面310弯曲区域发黑。Based on the adjustment of the emission direction of the scanning light, the controller adjusts the reflection direction of the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface 310 by the first reflector 222 according to the principle of reflection, so as to ensure that the scanning light reflected from the curved area of the scanning surface 310 can be smoothly transmitted to The second reflector 242 is guided to the photoelectric conversion element 232 through the second reflector 242 . Information loss is reduced, and blackening of the curved area of the scanning surface 310 is reduced.
在本申请实施例中,当待扫描物体300的摆放位置与常规指示的摆放位置存在一定角度的倾斜时,即扫描面310与预先设定的水平基准存在一定角度时,扫描面310存在摆放角度,若不调整光源212,则待扫描物体300上文本的方向与光源212即将前进的方向存在一定角度倾斜。当扫描面310的摆放角度大于预设角度时,控制器会调整光源212的摆放角度,使扫描光线的移动方向与文本方向保持一致或接近。如未调整前,光源本体213整体与扫描方向垂直,或光源本体213与承载体201的竖向平行,即光源本体213与承载体201的竖直边框平行,光源本体213根据初始扫描方向J沿着承载体的横向水平扫描。但基于待扫描物体300的摆放位置存在一定角度倾斜,扫描面310的摆放角度大于预设角度,控制器会调整光源212,将光源本体213沿方向C平移,以使得光源本体213与待扫描物体300边框平行。In the embodiment of the present application, when the placement position of the object to be scanned 300 is tilted at a certain angle from the conventionally indicated placement position, that is, when the scanning plane 310 has a certain angle with the preset horizontal reference, the scanning plane 310 exists. For the placement angle, if the light source 212 is not adjusted, the direction of the text on the object 300 to be scanned is inclined at a certain angle to the direction in which the light source 212 is about to advance. When the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 is larger than the preset angle, the controller adjusts the placement angle of the light source 212 so that the moving direction of the scanning light is consistent with or close to the direction of the text. If the light source body 213 is perpendicular to the scanning direction as a whole before adjustment, or the light source body 213 is parallel to the vertical direction of the carrier 201, that is, the light source body 213 is parallel to the vertical frame of the carrier 201, the light source body 213 is along the direction of the initial scanning direction J. Horizontal scanning of the carrier. However, based on the fact that the position of the object to be scanned 300 is tilted at a certain angle, and the position of the scanning surface 310 is greater than the preset angle, the controller will adjust the light source 212 and translate the light source body 213 along the direction C, so that the light source body 213 is in the same direction as the object to be scanned. The frame of the scanned object 300 is parallel.
示例性地,扫描面310的摆放角度为35度,则调整光源本体213的摆放角度为35度,使得光源本体213与其未调整前的夹角为35度,保证扫描光线的移动方向与文本方向保持一致或接近。Exemplarily, if the placement angle of the scanning surface 310 is 35 degrees, then adjust the placement angle of the light source body 213 to 35 degrees, so that the angle between the light source body 213 and its unadjusted position is 35 degrees, ensuring that the moving direction of the scanning light is consistent with Text direction remains the same or close.
控制器还可以在扫描的过程中,根据扫描装置200的空间限制,调整光源212所在的位置。基于上述调整光源本体213的摆放角度,则光源本体213在扫描过程中有可能会超出其被允许活动的范围,为此需要实时调整光源本体213的位置。如将光源本体213沿着方向A上下调整位置,确保不会发现机械碰撞。The controller can also adjust the position of the light source 212 according to the space limitation of the scanning device 200 during the scanning process. Based on the above-mentioned adjustment of the placement angle of the light source body 213 , the light source body 213 may exceed its allowed range of motion during the scanning process. Therefore, it is necessary to adjust the position of the light source body 213 in real time. If the position of the light source body 213 is adjusted up and down along the direction A, it is ensured that mechanical collision will not be found.
在本申请实施例中,根据扫描面310的摆放位置,调整光源212扫描起点与扫描终点。 根据扫描面310的摆放角度,调整光源212的摆放角度,保证扫描光线的移动方向与文本方向保持一致或接近。在扫描过程中,根据扫描装置200的空间限制,调整光源212所在的位置,确保不会发现机械碰撞。在扫描过程中,根据扫描面310的形状实时调整移动速率,保证扫描光线经过待扫描物体300的扫描面310弯曲区域与笔直区域的速率保持一致或接近,保证扫描光线经过待扫描物体300的扫描面310弯曲程度不同的弯曲区域的速率保持一致或接近。充分扫描到扫描面310弯曲区域的信息,减少扫描面310弯曲区域扫描成像的形变。还根据扫描面310的弯曲状态调整光源212,调整扫描光线的发射方向,使得扫描光线与扫描面310的第一夹角保持恒定,即扫描光线与扫描面弯曲区域的夹角,与扫描光线与扫描面310弯曲区域的夹角相同。根据扫描面310的摆放状态调整第一反射体,调整第一反射体接收扫描面310反射扫描光线的角度,使得第一反射体能接收扫描面310反射扫描光线,且该扫描光线能够通过反射到光电变换元件232,减少信息丢失,减少扫描面310弯曲区域发黑。In the embodiment of the present application, according to the placement position of the scanning surface 310 , the scanning start point and the scanning end point of the light source 212 are adjusted. According to the placement angle of the scanning surface 310, the placement angle of the light source 212 is adjusted to ensure that the moving direction of the scanning light is consistent with or close to the direction of the text. During the scanning process, according to the space limitation of the scanning device 200, the position of the light source 212 is adjusted to ensure that no mechanical collision is found. During the scanning process, the moving speed is adjusted in real time according to the shape of the scanning surface 310 to ensure that the speed of the scanning light passing through the curved area of the scanning surface 310 of the object 300 to be scanned is consistent or close to that of the straight area, ensuring that the scanning light passes through the scanning of the object 300 to be scanned The velocities of the curved regions of the face 310 with different degrees of curvature remain the same or close. The information of the curved area of the scanning surface 310 is fully scanned, and the deformation of the scanning image in the curved area of the scanning surface 310 is reduced. Also adjust the light source 212 according to the curved state of the scanning surface 310, and adjust the emission direction of the scanning light so that the first angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 remains constant, that is, the angle between the scanning light and the curved area of the scanning surface is the same as the scanning light and the scanning surface. The included angles of the curved regions of the scanning surface 310 are the same. Adjust the first reflector according to the placement state of the scanning surface 310, and adjust the angle at which the first reflector receives the scanning surface 310 to reflect the scanning light, so that the first reflector can receive the scanning surface 310 and reflect the scanning light, and the scanning light can be reflected to The photoelectric conversion element 232 reduces information loss and reduces the blackening of the curved area of the scanning surface 310 .
可以理解,上述对扫描装置200的介绍仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例对扫描装置200的具体硬件结构的位置、连接关系不作具体限定。It can be understood that the above description of the scanning device 200 is only an exemplary description, and the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the location and connection relationship of the specific hardware structure of the scanning device 200 .
当扫描装置200实现为硬件装置时,请参阅图4,扫描装置200可以包括存储器101和一个或多个处理器102。When the scanning device 200 is implemented as a hardware device, referring to FIG. 4 , the scanning device 200 may include a memory 101 and one or more processors 102 .
其中,存储器101,用于存储程序指令。存储器101存储本申请实施例提供的扫描方法的可执行指令计算机程序,存储器101可以包括至少一种类型的存储介质,存储介质包括闪存、硬盘、多媒体卡、卡型存储器(例如,SD或DX存储器等等)、随机访问存储器(RAM)、静态随机访问存储器(SRAM)、只读存储器(ROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM)、可编程只读存储器(PROM)、磁性存储器、磁盘、光盘等等。而且,扫描装置200可以与通过网络连接执行存储器的存储功能的网络存储器协作。存储器101可以是扫描装置200的内部存储单元,例如扫描装置200的硬盘或内存。存储器101也可以是扫描装置200的外部存储设备,例如扫描装置200上配备的插接式硬盘,智能存储卡(Smart Media Card,SMC),安全数字(Secure Digital,SD)卡,闪存卡(Flash Card)等。进一步地,存储器101还可以既包括扫描装置200的内部存储单元也包括外部存储设备。存储器101用于存储计算机程序以及设备所需的其他程序和数据。存储器还可以用于暂时地存储已经输出或者将要输出的数据。Wherein, the memory 101 is used for storing program instructions. The memory 101 stores the executable instruction computer program of the scanning method provided by the embodiment of the present application, and the memory 101 can include at least one type of storage medium, and the storage medium includes a flash memory, a hard disk, a multimedia card, a card-type memory (for example, SD or DX memory etc.), Random Access Memory (RAM), Static Random Access Memory (SRAM), Read Only Memory (ROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EEPROM), Programmable Read Only Memory (PROM), Magnetic Memory , Disk, CD, etc. Also, the scanning apparatus 200 may cooperate with a network storage that performs a storage function of the storage through a network connection. The storage 101 may be an internal storage unit of the scanning device 200 , such as a hard disk or a memory of the scanning device 200 . The memory 101 can also be an external storage device of the scanning device 200, such as a plug-in hard disk equipped on the scanning device 200, a smart memory card (Smart Media Card, SMC), a secure digital (Secure Digital, SD) card, a flash memory card (Flash Card) and so on. Further, the memory 101 may also include both an internal storage unit of the scanning device 200 and an external storage device. The memory 101 is used to store computer programs and other programs and data required by the device. The memory can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or will be output.
一个或多个处理器102,调用存储器101中存储的程序指令,当程序指令被执行时,一个或多个处理器102单独地或共同地被配置成用于实施如下操作:确定待扫描物体的扫描面,获取所述扫描面的弯曲形状,根据所述弯曲形状控制对所述扫描面的扫描,以获得所述扫描面的图像。本申请实施例的处理器102可以实现如本申请实施例提供的扫描方法,可参见下述本申请实施例的扫描方法对本实施例的扫描装置200进行说明。One or more processors 102 call the program instructions stored in the memory 101. When the program instructions are executed, the one or more processors 102 are individually or jointly configured to implement the following operations: determine the object to be scanned Scanning the surface, acquiring a curved shape of the scanning surface, and controlling scanning of the scanning surface according to the curved shape, so as to obtain an image of the scanning surface. The processor 102 of the embodiment of the present application may implement the scanning method provided in the embodiment of the present application, and the scanning device 200 of the present embodiment may be described with reference to the scanning method of the embodiment of the present application below.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,扫描装置200可以集成在扫描仪、复印机、传真机或者提供扫描仪、复印机、传真机或集合了打印、复印、扫描、传真等多种功能的多功能数码复合一体机(Multi Function Peripheral,MFP)等图像形成装置中。In one of the possible implementations, the scanning device 200 can be integrated into a scanner, copier, or fax machine, or provide a multi-functional digital compound that integrates multiple functions such as printing, copying, scanning, and faxing. All-in-one (Multi Function Peripheral, MFP) and other image forming devices.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,扫描装置200可以为扫描仪、复印机、传真机或者提供扫描仪、复印机、传真机或集合了打印、复印、扫描、传真等多种功能的多功能数码复合一体机(Multi Function Peripheral,MFP)等图像形成装置,其中,复印机可以为数字复印机、静电复印机、激光打印装置等。In one of the possible implementations, the scanning device 200 can be a scanner, a copier, a fax machine, or a multi-function digital composite that provides a scanner, a copier, a fax machine or a combination of printing, copying, scanning, faxing and other functions. Multi Function Peripheral (MFP) and other image forming devices, wherein the copier can be a digital copier, an electrostatic copier, a laser printing device, and the like.
本申请实施例提供的扫描装置200可以应用于扫描、打印、复印等场景,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。The scanning device 200 provided in the embodiment of the present application can be applied to scenarios such as scanning, printing, and copying, which are not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
接下来对本申请实施例的扫描方法进行介绍。Next, the scanning method in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced.
本申请实施例中使用了流程图用来说明根据本申请的实施例的装置所执行的操作。应当理解的是,前面或下面操作不一定按照顺序来精确地执行。相反,根据需要,可以按照倒序或同时处理各种步骤。同时,也可以将其他操作添加到这些过程中,或从这些过程移除某一步或数步操作。In the embodiment of the present application, a flow chart is used to illustrate the operations performed by the device according to the embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the preceding or following operations are not necessarily performed in an exact order. Instead, various steps may be processed in reverse order or concurrently, as desired. At the same time, other operations can be added to these procedures, or a certain step or steps can be removed from these procedures.
请参阅图5,图5为本申请实施例提供的扫描方法的流程示意图。该扫描方法可以由前述的扫描装置200中的控制器来执行,该方法可以包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 5 . FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a scanning method provided in an embodiment of the present application. The scanning method can be executed by the controller in the aforementioned scanning device 200, and the method can include the following steps:
步骤S502:确定待扫描物体的扫描面。Step S502: Determine the scanning surface of the object to be scanned.
其中,待扫描物体可以为用户将要使用扫描装置对其进行扫描成像的物体。待扫描物体可以为书籍、杂志、纸张等记录媒体,待扫描物体还可以为其他能被扫描装置扫描的物体,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。其中,扫描面为待扫描物体上用于接收扫描的表面,其可以为待扫描物体上接收到用于扫描的扫描光线的表面。Wherein, the object to be scanned may be an object to be scanned and imaged by a user using a scanning device. The object to be scanned may be recording media such as books, magazines, and paper, and the object to be scanned may also be other objects that can be scanned by the scanning device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. Wherein, the scanning surface is the surface on the object to be scanned for receiving scanning, which may be the surface on the object to be scanned that receives the scanning light for scanning.
在本申请实施例中,确定待扫描物体的扫描面,即确定待扫描物体上接收扫描的表面。可以根据待扫描物体在承载体上的摆放,确定待扫描物体的扫描面。示例性地,若待扫描物体为书籍,用户翻开书籍至需要扫描的页面,如第2页至第3页,在承载体上展示该书籍的第2页至第3页的页面,以使得扫描组件能扫描到第2页至第3页的页面,则扫描面可以包括第2页和第3页的页面。在其他情形下,扫描面还可以包括其他页的边缘区域。In this embodiment of the present application, the scanning surface of the object to be scanned is determined, that is, the surface on the object to be scanned that receives scanning is determined. The scanning surface of the object to be scanned can be determined according to the placement of the object to be scanned on the carrier. Exemplarily, if the object to be scanned is a book, the user opens the book to the page to be scanned, such as page 2 to page 3, and displays the pages of page 2 to page 3 of the book on the carrier, so that The scanning component can scan the pages of the 2nd page to the 3rd page, then the scanning surface may include the pages of the 2nd page and the 3rd page. In other cases, the scanning surface may also include edge areas of other pages.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,对待扫描物体进行预扫描,得到的预扫描图像中待扫描物体的区域为扫描面区域,该扫描面区域对应待扫描物体的扫描面所在区域,由此可以确定待扫描物体的扫描面。具体地,扫描装置对承载体上的待扫描物体进行预扫描,得到预扫描图像,并对该预扫描图像进行图像处理,识别出该预扫描图像中的待扫描物体,确定待扫描物体在该预扫描图像中所占的区域,即得到扫描面在预扫描图像中所占的区域。预扫描图像中扫描面的区域可以代表承载体上的扫描面,根据扫描面在预扫描图像中所占的区域可以确定承载体上的扫描面。也可以通过其他方式确定待扫描物体的扫描面,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。In one of the possible implementations, the object to be scanned is pre-scanned, and the area of the object to be scanned in the obtained pre-scanned image is the scanning surface area, which corresponds to the area where the scanning surface of the object to be scanned is located, so that it can be determined The scanning surface of the object to be scanned. Specifically, the scanning device pre-scans the object to be scanned on the carrier to obtain a pre-scanned image, and performs image processing on the pre-scanned image to identify the object to be scanned in the pre-scanned image, and determines that the object to be scanned is located in the pre-scanned image. The area occupied by the pre-scanned image is the area occupied by the scanned surface in the pre-scanned image. The area of the scanning surface in the pre-scanning image may represent the scanning surface on the carrier, and the scanning surface on the carrier may be determined according to the area occupied by the scanning surface in the pre-scanning image. The scanning surface of the object to be scanned may also be determined in other ways, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
请参阅图6,展开的书籍放置在承载体201上,预扫描图像中位置区域ABCD为待扫描物体的区域,位置区域ABCD即为扫描面310的区域,是待扫描物体300的扫描面310接收到扫描后所形成的图像所在的区域,则该ABCD区域对应的待扫描物体的表面即为扫描面310,则扫描面310包括页面61、页面62和其他页的边缘63。Please refer to FIG. 6 , the unfolded book is placed on the carrier 201, the position area ABCD in the pre-scanned image is the area of the object to be scanned, and the position area ABCD is the area of the scanning surface 310, which is received by the scanning surface 310 of the object 300 to be scanned. In the area where the image formed after scanning is located, the surface of the object to be scanned corresponding to the ABCD area is the scanning surface 310 , and the scanning surface 310 includes pages 61 , 62 and edges 63 of other pages.
在本申请实施例中,扫描面上呈弯曲形状区域为弯曲区域(即曲面),扫描面上呈非弯曲形状区域为非弯曲区域(即平面)。扫描面可以包括弯曲区域和非弯曲区域,或整个扫描面为弯曲区域。相应地,若扫描面上任意两点的连线整个都落在此面上,则该扫描面为平面。若扫描面上任意两点的连线不能整个都落在此面上,该扫描面可以看作是一条动线(直线或曲线)在空间连续运动所形成的轨迹,则该扫描面为曲面。In the embodiment of the present application, the area with a curved shape on the scanning surface is a curved area (ie, a curved surface), and the area with a non-curved shape on the scanning surface is a non-curved area (ie, a plane). The scanning surface may include curved regions and non-curved regions, or the entire scanning surface may be a curved region. Correspondingly, if the entire line connecting any two points on the scanning surface falls on this surface, then the scanning surface is a plane. If the line connecting any two points on the scanning surface cannot completely fall on the surface, the scanning surface can be regarded as a trajectory formed by a moving line (straight line or curve) moving continuously in space, then the scanning surface is a curved surface.
可以理解,对于同一扫描面,该扫描面上可以划分出多个子扫描面,有些子扫描面的形状为非弯曲形状,有些子扫描面的形状为弯曲形状。即该多个子扫描面包括弯曲区域和非弯曲区域。It can be understood that for the same scanning surface, the scanning surface may be divided into multiple sub-scanning surfaces, some of which are non-curved, and some of which are curved. That is, the plurality of sub-scanning surfaces include curved regions and non-curved regions.
步骤S504:根据所述扫描面的摆放状态控制对扫描面的扫描,以获得所述扫描面的图像。即根据所述扫描面的摆放状态,以与所述摆放状态关联的扫描策略对所述扫描面的内容进行扫描,得到扫描后的图像。其中,扫描面的摆放状态可以包括扫描面的摆放位置、扫描 面的摆放角度和扫描面的形状。所述扫描策略包括扫描组件的移动速率、扫描组件的朝向、扫描组件的扫描方向、扫描组件的移动路径。其中,所述扫描组件的朝向包括所述光源发射扫描光线的方向,和/或,所述第一反射体的朝向。Step S504: Control the scanning of the scanning surface according to the arrangement state of the scanning surface, so as to obtain an image of the scanning surface. That is, according to the arrangement state of the scanning surface, the scanning strategy associated with the arrangement state is used to scan the contents of the scanning surface to obtain a scanned image. Wherein, the arrangement state of the scanning surface may include the arrangement position of the scanning surface, the arrangement angle of the scanning surface and the shape of the scanning surface. The scanning strategy includes the moving speed of the scanning component, the orientation of the scanning component, the scanning direction of the scanning component, and the moving path of the scanning component. Wherein, the orientation of the scanning component includes the direction in which the light source emits scanning light, and/or, the orientation of the first reflector.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,在扫描面的摆放状态为扫描面的摆放位置时,根据扫描面的摆放位置控制对扫描面的扫描,如可以根据扫描面的摆放位置规划对扫描面的扫描路径,扫描路径包括扫描起点与扫描终点,即控制开始扫描的位置和结束扫描的位置。或控制扫描组件从扫描起点开始对扫描面进行扫描,直至到扫描终点。In one of the possible implementations, when the placement state of the scanning surface is the placement position of the scanning surface, the scanning of the scanning surface is controlled according to the placement position of the scanning surface. For example, the scanning of the scanning surface can be planned according to the placement position of the scanning surface. The scanning path of the scanning surface, the scanning path includes the scanning start point and the scanning end point, that is, the position where the scan starts and the end scan is controlled. Or control the scanning component to scan the scanning surface from the scanning starting point until reaching the scanning end point.
在本申请实施例中,根据扫描面的摆放位置可以进行扫描定位,计算出扫描的扫描起点与扫描终点。根据扫描面在扫描装置的位置区域,计算出该扫描面在扫描装置中所占区域的起始位置与终止位置,根据扫描面在扫描装置中的起始位置可以得到扫描的扫描起点,根据扫描面在扫描装置中的终止位置可以得到扫描的扫描终点,还可以获取扫描面的中部位置,完成扫描定位。In the embodiment of the present application, scanning positioning can be performed according to the placement position of the scanning surface, and the scanning starting point and scanning end point of the scanning can be calculated. According to the position area of the scanning surface in the scanning device, the starting position and the ending position of the area occupied by the scanning surface in the scanning device are calculated, and the scanning starting point of the scanning can be obtained according to the starting position of the scanning surface in the scanning device. The end position of the surface in the scanning device can be used to obtain the scanning end point of the scan, and the middle position of the scanning surface can also be obtained to complete the scanning positioning.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,在扫描面的摆放状态为扫描面的摆放角度时,根据扫描面的摆放角度控制对扫描面的扫描,如可以根据扫描面的摆放角度控制对扫描面进行扫描的扫描方向。可以根据扫描面的摆放角度调整扫描方向,以根据扫描方向对扫描面进行扫描时,能保证扫描方向沿着扫描面进行扫描。在根据扫描面摆放角度调整得到的扫描方向与扫描面上的文本方向一致或接近时,则可以更充分地对扫描面上的文本进行扫描。In one of the possible implementations, when the placement state of the scanning surface is the placement angle of the scanning surface, the scanning of the scanning surface is controlled according to the placement angle of the scanning surface. For example, the scanning of the scanning surface can be controlled according to the placement angle of the scanning surface. The scan direction in which the scan surface is scanned. The scanning direction can be adjusted according to the placement angle of the scanning surface, so that when the scanning surface is scanned according to the scanning direction, the scanning direction can be guaranteed to scan along the scanning surface. When the scanning direction adjusted according to the placement angle of the scanning surface is consistent with or close to the direction of the text on the scanning surface, the text on the scanning surface can be scanned more fully.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,可以根据扫描面上文本方向得到扫描方向,将扫描面上文本方向设为扫描方向,可以更充分地对扫描面上的文本进行扫描。可以理解,在扫描面上的文本方向与待扫描物体上扫描面水平边框平行时,则根据扫描面的摆放角度得到的扫描方向与根据扫描面上的文本方向得到的扫描方向一致或接近。将扫描面上的文本方向设置为扫描方向,由此保证后续扫描光线照射至扫描面上各个位置角度一致,使得扫描面上各个区域感光强度一致或接近,使得扫描面上各个区域接收扫描的速率一致或接近,避免扫描的结果出现黑色区域,减少扫描成像的拉伸形变,提高扫描图像质量,可以更充分地对扫描面上的文本进行扫描。In one possible implementation manner, the scanning direction can be obtained according to the text direction on the scanning surface, and the text direction on the scanning surface can be set as the scanning direction, so that the text on the scanning surface can be scanned more fully. It can be understood that when the text direction on the scanning surface is parallel to the horizontal frame of the scanning surface on the object to be scanned, the scanning direction obtained according to the placement angle of the scanning surface is consistent with or close to the scanning direction obtained according to the text direction on the scanning surface. Set the direction of the text on the scanning surface as the scanning direction, so as to ensure that the subsequent scanning light is irradiated to each position on the scanning surface at the same angle, so that the photosensitive intensity of each area on the scanning surface is consistent or close, so that the rate at which each area on the scanning surface receives scanning Consistent or close to avoid black areas in the scanned results, reduce the stretching deformation of the scanned image, improve the quality of the scanned image, and scan the text on the scanning surface more fully.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,文本方向与扫描面的水平方向平行或文本方向与扫描面的竖直方向平行时,即扫描面上文本方向的布局为常规阅读方向,可以根据扫描面上的文本方向与预设设定的水平基准得到扫描面的倾斜角度。即文本方向与预设设定的水平基准存在倾斜角度时,相应地,扫描面存在倾斜角度。其中,文本方向即扫描面上文本的排序方向。In one of the possible implementations, when the text direction is parallel to the horizontal direction of the scanning surface or the text direction is parallel to the vertical direction of the scanning surface, that is, the layout of the text direction on the scanning surface is the normal reading direction, which can be based on the scanning surface. The text direction and the preset horizontal datum get the tilt angle of the scanning surface. That is, when there is an inclination angle between the text direction and the preset horizontal reference, correspondingly, there is an inclination angle in the scanning surface. Wherein, the text direction is the sorting direction of the text on the scanning surface.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,若文本方向与扫描面的水平方向不平行或文本方向与扫描面的竖直方向不平行时,即扫描面上文本的布局为非常规阅读方向时,可以将文本方向设置为扫描方向。In one of the possible implementations, if the text direction is not parallel to the horizontal direction of the scanning surface or the text direction is not parallel to the vertical direction of the scanning surface, that is, when the layout of the text on the scanning surface is an unconventional reading direction, the Text Orientation is set to Scan Orientation.
在本申请实施例中,根据扫描面的摆放角度调整扫描方向包括根据扫描面的摆放角度设置扫描组件(光源和第一反射体)的移动方向,还可以包括根据扫描面的摆放角度调整光源的摆放角度。In the embodiment of the present application, adjusting the scanning direction according to the placement angle of the scanning surface includes setting the moving direction of the scanning component (light source and first reflector) according to the placement angle of the scanning surface, and may also include setting the moving direction according to the placement angle of the scanning surface. Adjust the placement angle of the light source.
其中,根据扫描面的摆放角度设置扫描组件(光源和第一反射体)的移动方向,如扫描面的水平边框与预先设定的水平基准的角度为摆放角度,该水平基准为承载体的水平边框,则扫描面的水平边框与承载体的水平边框的夹角即为摆放角度,根据该摆放角度调整初始扫描方向J,即将初始扫描方向J调整摆放角度,以使得调整后的扫描方向与扫描面的水平边框平行,扫描组件的移动方向即调整后的扫描方向。Wherein, the moving direction of the scanning component (light source and first reflector) is set according to the placement angle of the scanning surface, such as the angle between the horizontal border of the scanning surface and a preset horizontal reference is the placement angle, and the horizontal reference is the carrier The horizontal frame of the horizontal frame, then the angle between the horizontal frame of the scanning surface and the horizontal frame of the carrier is the placement angle, and the initial scanning direction J is adjusted according to the placement angle, that is, the initial scanning direction J is adjusted to the placement angle, so that after adjustment The scanning direction is parallel to the horizontal border of the scanning surface, and the moving direction of the scanning component is the adjusted scanning direction.
其中,根据扫描面的摆放角度调整光源的摆放角度,如扫描面的水平边框与预先设定的水平基准的角度为摆放角度,该水平基准为承载体的水平边框,则扫描面的水平边框与承载体的水平边框的夹角即为摆放角度,根据该摆放角度调整光源的摆放角度,即调整后的光源与未调整前的光源之间的夹角为摆放角度,以使得调整后的光源与扫描面的水平边框垂直。Wherein, the placement angle of the light source is adjusted according to the placement angle of the scanning surface. For example, the angle between the horizontal border of the scanning surface and a preset horizontal reference is the placement angle, and the horizontal reference is the horizontal border of the carrier, so the scanning surface The included angle between the horizontal frame and the horizontal frame of the carrier is the placement angle, and the placement angle of the light source is adjusted according to the placement angle, that is, the included angle between the adjusted light source and the unadjusted light source is the placement angle, so that the adjusted light source is perpendicular to the horizontal frame of the scanning surface.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,在扫描面的摆放状态为扫描面的弯曲状态时,根据扫描面的弯曲状态控制对扫描面的扫描,包括上述对上述移动速率、扫描光线的发射方向和扫描光线的反射方向等扫描参数的设置,或根据移动速率、扫描光线的发射方向和扫描光线的反射方向中的一种或多种的扫描参数控制扫描组件进行扫描。In one of the possible implementations, when the arrangement state of the scanning surface is the curved state of the scanning surface, the scanning of the scanning surface is controlled according to the curved state of the scanning surface, including the above-mentioned movement rate, the emission direction of the scanning light and The setting of scanning parameters such as the reflection direction of the scanning light, or control the scanning component to scan according to one or more of the scanning parameters of the moving rate, the emission direction of the scanning light and the reflection direction of the scanning light.
其中,扫描面的弯曲状态即扫描面的弯曲程度,扫描面的弯曲程度可以由扫描面形状获得。扫描面的形状包括非弯曲形状和/或弯曲形状。扫描面的弯曲形状可以包括扫描面凸起的形状以及扫描面凹陷的形状。根据扫描面的摆放状态,可以确定扫描面为平面还是曲面,若扫描面的摆放状态呈非弯曲形状,则该扫描面为平面。若扫描面的摆放状态呈弯曲形状,则该扫描面为曲面。其中,扫描面弯曲可以为扫描面相对于平面(如水平面)弯曲,扫描面弯曲也可以为扫描面相对于用于承载待扫描物体的承载体所在的平面弯曲。扫描面弯曲形状可以为扫描面相对于平面所呈现的弯曲形状,扫描面弯曲形状还可以为扫描面相对于承载体所在的平面所呈现的弯曲形状。由扫描面的弯曲形状可以确定扫描面相对于水平面或相对于承载体所在的平面的弯曲程度。扫描面包括弯曲区域和非弯曲区域,则扫描面的弯曲形状包括扫描面相对于平面所呈现的弯曲形状,还可以包括扫描面相对于平面所呈现的非弯曲形状。本申请实施例中,扫描面的弯曲形状即扫描面至少包括一部分扫描面呈现弯曲形状。Wherein, the curved state of the scanning surface is the degree of curvature of the scanning surface, and the degree of curvature of the scanning surface can be obtained from the shape of the scanning surface. The shape of the scan surface includes a non-curved shape and/or a curved shape. The curved shape of the scanning surface may include a convex shape of the scanning surface and a concave shape of the scanning surface. According to the arrangement state of the scanning surface, it can be determined whether the scanning surface is a plane or a curved surface. If the arrangement state of the scanning surface is in a non-curved shape, the scanning surface is a plane. If the scanning surface is placed in a curved shape, the scanning surface is a curved surface. Wherein, the curvature of the scanning surface may mean that the scanning surface is curved relative to a plane (such as a horizontal plane), and the curvature of the scanning surface may also be that the scanning surface is curved relative to the plane where the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned is located. The curved shape of the scanning surface may be the curved shape of the scanning surface relative to the plane, and the curved shape of the scanning surface may also be the curved shape of the scanning surface relative to the plane where the carrier is located. The degree of curvature of the scanning surface relative to the horizontal plane or relative to the plane on which the carrier is located can be determined from the curved shape of the scanning surface. The scanning surface includes a curved area and a non-curved area, and the curved shape of the scanning surface includes the curved shape of the scanning surface relative to the plane, and may also include the non-curved shape of the scanning surface relative to the plane. In the embodiment of the present application, the curved shape of the scanning surface means that at least a part of the scanning surface presents a curved shape on the scanning surface.
在本申请实施例中,可以以扫描面不平坦程度或以扫描面平坦程度来表达扫描面的弯曲形状,如可以获取能表达扫描面弯曲程度的参数来表达扫描面的弯曲形状。该参数可以为曲率、弯曲度或斜率,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the curved shape of the scanning surface can be expressed by the degree of unevenness of the scanning surface or the flatness of the scanning surface, for example, parameters that can express the degree of curvature of the scanning surface can be obtained to express the curved shape of the scanning surface. The parameter may be curvature, curvature or slope, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,以扫描面的曲率表示扫描面的弯曲形状,若扫描面上曲率为零,则扫描面为平面,扫描面的弯曲形状为非弯曲。若扫描面上曲率为非零,则扫描面为曲面,扫描面的弯曲形状为弯曲。In one possible implementation manner, the curvature of the scanning surface is used to represent the curved shape of the scanning surface. If the curvature of the scanning surface is zero, the scanning surface is a plane, and the curved shape of the scanning surface is non-curved. If the curvature on the scan surface is non-zero, the scan surface is a curved surface, and the curved shape of the scan surface is curved.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,在扫描面上取一条线,该线的延伸方向与扫描方向平行,或该线的延伸方向与文本方向平行,以扫描面上一条线的斜率来表示扫描面的弯曲形状。其中,文本方向为文本排序方向,如待扫描物体上各个字符排序方向。以扫描方向建立直角坐标系,计算出该线在直角坐标系内的斜率,若该线的斜率恒为0,该线为直线,则扫描面的弯曲形状为不弯曲,即笔直。若该线的斜率不恒为0,则该线为曲线,则扫描面的弯曲形状为弯曲。In one of the possible implementations, a line is taken on the scanning surface, and the extending direction of the line is parallel to the scanning direction, or the extending direction of the line is parallel to the text direction, and the scanning surface is represented by the slope of a line on the scanning surface curved shape. Wherein, the text direction is the text sorting direction, such as the sorting direction of each character on the object to be scanned. Establish a Cartesian coordinate system based on the scanning direction, and calculate the slope of the line in the Cartesian coordinate system. If the slope of the line is always 0 and the line is a straight line, the curved shape of the scanning surface is not curved, that is, straight. If the slope of the line is not constant to 0, the line is a curve, and the curved shape of the scanning surface is curved.
可以理解,扫描面的弯曲形状包括扫描面弯曲和/或不弯曲。每个扫描面有其对应的弯曲形状,对于书籍来说,翻开至不同的页面,则待扫描物体对应的扫描面的弯曲形状是不一样的,如翻开书籍的第2页至第3页对应的扫描面的弯曲形状与翻开书籍的第258页至第259页对应的扫描面的弯曲形状不同。It can be understood that the curved shape of the scanning surface includes that the scanning surface is curved and/or not curved. Each scanning surface has its corresponding curved shape. For a book, when it is opened to different pages, the curved shape of the scanning surface corresponding to the object to be scanned is different. For example, when the book is opened from page 2 to page 3 The curved shape of the scanning surface corresponding to the page is different from the curved shape of the scanning surface corresponding to the 258th to 259th pages of the open book.
在本申请实施例中,根据扫描面的弯曲形状计算出位置区域对应的移动速率,以使得整个扫描面接收扫描的速率是一致或接近的,使得扫描在扫描面上的扫描光线投影至扫描面的速率保持相对稳定,避免因为扫描面上弯曲区域使得扫描光线投影至扫描面的速率过快导致扫描结果模糊或不均匀。扫描成像是有一定帧率,如果扫描速度过快会使得成像模糊,控制扫描组件的移动速率的目的就在于此,保证扫描组件对整个扫描面上的扫描是充分且均匀, 即扫描光线充分且均匀地照射至整个扫描面,保证扫描图像的清晰。In the embodiment of the present application, the movement rate corresponding to the position area is calculated according to the curved shape of the scanning surface, so that the scanning speed of the entire scanning surface is consistent or close, so that the scanning light scanned on the scanning surface is projected onto the scanning surface The rate of scanning remains relatively stable, avoiding blurred or uneven scanning results due to the curved area on the scanning surface that makes the scanning light projected to the scanning surface too fast. Scanning imaging has a certain frame rate. If the scanning speed is too fast, the imaging will be blurred. The purpose of controlling the moving speed of the scanning component is to ensure that the scanning component scans the entire scanning surface fully and uniformly, that is, the scanning light is sufficient and Uniformly irradiates the entire scanning surface to ensure the clarity of the scanned image.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,可以设置扫描非弯曲区域时的移动速率为第一移动速率。获取扫描面上弯曲区域的弯曲形状,然后根据第一移动速率和该弯曲形状得到该弯曲区域对应的第二移动速率。第一移动速率与第二移动速率不同,其中第一移动速率大于第二移动速率。计算出的移动速率用于确保整个扫描面接收到扫描的速率保持一致或接近,如整个扫描面接收光照射的速率一致或接近。对于非弯曲区域,移动速率恒为第一移动速率。对于弯曲区域,移动速率为第二移动速率,该第二移动速率是根据第一移动速率和该非弯曲区域的弯曲形状计算出的,即第二移动速率与弯曲区域的弯曲程度有关,即不同弯曲形状的非弯曲区域,其对应的第二移动速率的值不同。若该弯曲区域越弯曲,则其对应的第二移动速率值越小。由此计算出对扫描组件在扫描面上各个不同形状区域进行扫描时所对应的移动速率。In one possible implementation manner, the moving rate when scanning the non-curved area may be set as the first moving rate. The curved shape of the curved area on the scanning surface is obtained, and then the second moving rate corresponding to the curved area is obtained according to the first moving rate and the curved shape. The first rate of movement is different from the second rate of movement, wherein the first rate of movement is greater than the second rate of movement. The calculated moving speed is used to ensure that the scanning speed received by the entire scanning surface is consistent or close, for example, the speed that the entire scanning surface receives light irradiation is consistent or close. For non-curved areas, the movement rate is always the first movement rate. For the curved area, the moving rate is the second moving rate, which is calculated according to the first moving rate and the curved shape of the non-bending area, that is, the second moving rate is related to the bending degree of the curved area, that is, different The value of the second movement rate is different for the non-curved area of the curved shape. If the curved region is more curved, its corresponding second moving rate value is smaller. Accordingly, the corresponding moving speeds when the scanning component scans regions with different shapes on the scanning surface are calculated.
在本申请实施例中,调整扫描光线照射至扫描面的角度或方向,即保证扫描面上弯曲区域的感光角度与扫描面上非弯曲区域的感光角度是一致或接近的,扫描光线入射至弯曲区域时扫描光线与该弯曲区域的角度和扫描光线入射至非弯曲区域时扫描光线与该非弯曲区域的角度一样,扫描光线以相同的角度方向扫描整个扫描面。可以使得经过曲面反射的扫描光线获取的扫描面上的信息与经平面反射的扫描光线所获取的扫描面上的信息一致或接近,减少曲面上扫描信息的丢失,扫描面上各个区域感光强度一致均匀,使得扫描的结果不出现黑色区域,减少扫描成像的拉伸形变。In the embodiment of the present application, adjust the angle or direction of the scanning light irradiating the scanning surface, that is, ensure that the photosensitive angle of the curved area on the scanning surface is consistent or close to the photosensitive angle of the non-curved area on the scanning surface, and the scanning light is incident on the curved surface. The angle between the scanning light and the curved area is the same as the angle between the scanning light and the non-bending area when the scanning light is incident on the non-bending area, and the scanning light scans the entire scanning surface in the same angular direction. The information on the scanning surface obtained by the scanning light reflected by the curved surface is consistent or close to the information on the scanning surface obtained by the scanning light reflected by the plane, reducing the loss of scanning information on the curved surface, and the photosensitive intensity of each area on the scanning surface is consistent Uniform, so that there is no black area in the scanning result, reducing the stretching deformation of scanning imaging.
在本申请实施例中,可以根据扫描面的形状可以控制光源发射出的扫描光线的发射方向。根据扫描光线与扫描面的夹角恒定,以及各个区域的弯曲形状,计算出对应的第一发射方向和第二发射方向。可以设置扫描非弯曲区域时对应的扫描光线的发射方向为第一发射方向,以使得发射出的扫描光线与用于承载待扫描物体的承载体成第二夹角。获取扫描面上弯曲区域的弯曲形状,然后根据第一发射方向和扫描面的弯曲形状得到该弯曲区域对应的扫描光线的第二发射方向,即计算出弯曲区域对应的扫描光线的发射方向为第二发射方向,以使得发射出的扫描光线与用于承载待扫描物体的承载体成第三夹角。第一发射方向与第二发射方向需要确保光源所发射出的扫描光线入射到扫描面时,扫描光线与扫描面的第一夹角是恒定,即非弯曲区域对应的扫描光线与扫描面的夹角为第一夹角,而弯曲区域时对应的扫描光线与扫描面的夹角也为第一夹角。In the embodiment of the present application, the emission direction of the scanning light emitted by the light source can be controlled according to the shape of the scanning surface. The corresponding first emission direction and the second emission direction are calculated according to the constant included angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface and the curved shape of each region. The emission direction of the corresponding scanning light when scanning the non-curved area can be set as the first emission direction, so that the emitted scanning light forms a second angle with the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned. Obtain the curved shape of the curved area on the scanning surface, and then obtain the second emitting direction of the scanning light corresponding to the curved area according to the first emitting direction and the curved shape of the scanning surface, that is, calculate the emitting direction of the scanning light corresponding to the curved area as the first Two emission directions, so that the emitted scanning light forms a third angle with the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned. The first emission direction and the second emission direction need to ensure that when the scanning light emitted by the light source is incident on the scanning surface, the first angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface is constant, that is, the angle between the scanning light corresponding to the non-curved area and the scanning surface The angle is the first included angle, and the included angle between the corresponding scanning light and the scanning surface when the region is bent is also the first included angle.
可以理解,第一发射方向与第二发射方向不同,对于非弯曲区域,发射方向恒为第一发射方向,对于非弯曲区域,发射方向为第二发射方向,该第二发射方向是根据第一发射方向和该非弯曲区域的弯曲形状计算出的,即不同弯曲形状的非弯曲区域,其不同的弯曲程度,则其对应的第二发射方向的值不同。相应地,第二夹角与第三夹角不同,对于非弯曲区域,扫描光线与用于承载所述待扫描物体的承载体之间的夹角恒为第二夹角,对于弯曲区域,扫描光线与用于承载所述待扫描物体的承载体之间的夹角为第三夹角,该第三夹角是根据第二夹角和扫描面的弯曲形状得到的角度,即不同弯曲形状的非弯曲区域,其不同的弯曲程度,则其对应的第三夹角的值不同。It can be understood that the first emission direction is different from the second emission direction. For the non-curved area, the emission direction is always the first emission direction. For the non-bend area, the emission direction is the second emission direction. The second emission direction is based on the first emission direction. The emission direction and the curved shape of the non-curved region are calculated, that is, the values of the corresponding second emission direction are different for the non-curved regions with different curved shapes and different degrees of curvature. Correspondingly, the second included angle is different from the third included angle. For the non-curved area, the included angle between the scanning light and the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned is always the second included angle. For the curved area, the scanning The included angle between the light and the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned is a third included angle, and the third included angle is an angle obtained according to the second included angle and the curved shape of the scanning surface, that is, different curved shapes For the non-curved region, the value of the corresponding third included angle is different for different degrees of curvature.
在本申请实施例中,可以根据扫描面的形状计算出第一反射体的姿态,基于要确保由扫描面反射出来的扫描光线均能被第一反射体接收到,且确保第一反射体能将接收到的扫描光线均反射至光电变换元件。可以设置非弯曲区域时,第一反射体上用于反射扫描光线的反射面与水平面成第四夹角。基于扫描光线与扫描面的第一夹角是恒定,确保第一反射体的反射面反射扫描光线的反射方向与水平面平行,该第四夹角可根据第一夹角得到。获取扫描面上 弯曲区域的弯曲形状,然后计算出反射面与水平面成第五夹角,该第五夹角是根据第一夹角和扫描面的弯曲形状得到的角度。不同弯曲形状的非弯曲区域,其不同的弯曲程度,则其对应的第五夹角的值不同。In the embodiment of the present application, the posture of the first reflector can be calculated according to the shape of the scanning surface, based on ensuring that the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface can be received by the first reflector, and ensuring that the first reflector can The received scanning light is reflected to the photoelectric conversion element. When the non-curved area can be set, the reflective surface on the first reflector for reflecting the scanning light forms a fourth angle with the horizontal plane. Based on the fact that the first included angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface is constant, it is ensured that the reflection direction of the scanning light on the reflecting surface of the first reflector is parallel to the horizontal plane, and the fourth included angle can be obtained according to the first included angle. Obtain the curved shape of the curved area on the scanning surface, and then calculate the fifth included angle between the reflective surface and the horizontal plane, where the fifth included angle is an angle obtained from the first included angle and the curved shape of the scanning surface. The non-curved regions of different curved shapes have different degrees of curvature, and the values of the corresponding fifth included angles are different.
在本申请实施例中,调整第一反射体的反射面,以调整反射面接收由扫描面反射出来的扫描光线的角度和反射面反射该扫描光线的反射方向,使得反射面反射出来的扫描光线的以光强度最大的方向射入第二反射体或光电变换元件,从而使得光电变换元件感受到最大光强。In the embodiment of the present application, the reflective surface of the first reflector is adjusted to adjust the angle at which the reflective surface receives the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface and the reflection direction of the scanning light reflected by the reflective surface, so that the scanning light reflected by the reflective surface The light enters the second reflector or the photoelectric conversion element in the direction of the maximum light intensity, so that the photoelectric conversion element experiences the maximum light intensity.
在本申请实施例中,获取扫描面的摆放状态可以包括在对扫描面进行预扫描获得预扫描图像后,对预扫描图像进行图像处理获得扫描面的摆放状态。In the embodiment of the present application, obtaining the placement state of the scanning surface may include performing image processing on the pre-scanning image to obtain the placement state of the scanning surface after pre-scanning the scanning surface to obtain a pre-scan image.
下面以对预扫描图像进行处理获得扫描面的摆放状态进行介绍。The following is an introduction by processing the pre-scanned image to obtain the arrangement state of the scanned surface.
请参阅图7,以承载体左上角为原点O,以承载体的长边L为横轴,以承载体的宽边W为竖轴,建立直角坐标系OLW,如图7所示,可以得到扫描面310的区域的矩形边框A
i四个点的坐标(x
i,y
i)(i=1,2,3,4),即扫描面区域A
1A
2A
3A
4,以及页面61和页面62之间的分割线A
5A
6(即扫描面的中部位置)。由此,根据扫描面区域在预扫描图像中所占的位置区域,对应到扫描面在承载体上所占的位置区域,进而可以确定扫描面在承载体上的摆放位置,该摆放位置即直角坐标系OLW中矩形边框A
i四个点的坐标(x
i,y
i)(i=1,2,3,4)。
Please refer to Figure 7, take the upper left corner of the carrier as the origin O, take the long side L of the carrier as the horizontal axis, and take the wide side W of the carrier as the vertical axis to establish a rectangular coordinate system OLW, as shown in Figure 7, we can get Coordinates (x i , y i ) (i=1, 2, 3, 4) of the four points of the rectangular border A i of the area of the scanning surface 310, that is, the area of the scanning surface A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 , and page 61 and the dividing line A 5 A 6 between page 62 (that is, the middle position of the scanning surface). Thus, according to the position area occupied by the scanning surface area in the pre-scanned image, it corresponds to the position area occupied by the scanning surface on the carrier, and then the placement position of the scanning surface on the carrier can be determined. That is, the coordinates (x i , y i ) of the four points of the rectangular frame A i in the rectangular coordinate system OLW (i=1, 2, 3, 4).
倾斜处理tilted handle
待扫描物体在承载体上的摆放角度比较随性,以承载体的水平边框OL为预先设定的水平基准,若待扫描物体的扫描面区域的水平边框,如A
1A
4与承载体的水平边框OL夹角大于一定阈值角度时,则待扫描物体倾斜。待扫描物体摆放存在一定摆放角度,也即扫描面310相对于预先设定的水平基准存在一定摆放角度,该摆放角度即为扫描面的摆放角度。
The placement angle of the object to be scanned on the carrier is relatively random. The horizontal border OL of the carrier is the preset horizontal reference. If the horizontal border of the scanning surface area of the object to be scanned, such as A 1 A 4 When the included angle of the horizontal border OL of is greater than a certain threshold angle, the object to be scanned is tilted. The object to be scanned has a certain placement angle, that is, the scanning surface 310 has a certain placement angle relative to a preset horizontal reference, and the placement angle is the scanning surface placement angle.
为保证扫描效果,可以计算出摆放角度,用于调整扫描装置的光源,以此调整光源的扫描方向,以及光源的姿态。初始扫描方向J是沿着承载体的水平边框的方向,则可以根据摆放角度,将初始扫描方向J旋转摆放角度,得到新的扫描方向,该扫描方向与竖直边框OL或扫描面的边框A
1A
4平行。
In order to ensure the scanning effect, the placement angle can be calculated and used to adjust the light source of the scanning device, so as to adjust the scanning direction of the light source and the attitude of the light source. The initial scanning direction J is along the direction of the horizontal border of the carrier, and the initial scanning direction J can be rotated according to the placement angle to obtain a new scanning direction, which is consistent with the vertical border OL or the scanning surface. Borders A 1 A 4 are parallel.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,也可以以承载体的竖直边框OW为预先设定的水平基准,若待扫描物体的扫描面区域的竖直边框,如A
1A
2与承载体的竖直边框OW夹角大于一定阈值角度时,则待扫描物体倾斜。待扫描物体摆放存在一定摆放角度,也即扫描面310相对于预先设定的水平基准存在一定摆放角度,该摆放角度即为扫描面的摆放角度。则初始扫描方向J是垂直承载体的竖直边框OW方向,则可以根据摆放角度,将初始扫描方向J旋转摆放角度,得到新的扫描方向,该扫描方向与竖直边框OW或扫描面的边框A
1A
2垂直。
In one of the possible implementations, the vertical frame OW of the carrier can also be used as a preset horizontal reference, if the vertical frame of the scanning surface area of the object to be scanned, such as the vertical frame of A 1 A 2 and the carrier When the angle between the straight frame OW is greater than a certain threshold angle, the object to be scanned is tilted. The object to be scanned has a certain placement angle, that is, the scanning surface 310 has a certain placement angle relative to a preset horizontal reference, and the placement angle is the scanning surface placement angle. Then the initial scanning direction J is the direction of the vertical frame OW of the vertical carrier, and the initial scanning direction J can be rotated according to the placement angle to obtain a new scanning direction, which is consistent with the vertical frame OW or the scanning surface The bounding boxes of A 1 and A 2 are vertical.
具体地,请参阅图7,对于倾斜的待扫描物体的处理流程可以包括:Specifically, referring to FIG. 7, the processing flow for an inclined object to be scanned may include:
计算出摆放角度Calculate the placement angle
根据对待扫描物体的扫描面的确认,可以得到扫描面区域在预扫描图像中位置区域,如图7所示,在直角坐标系OLW内,可以计算得到扫描面区域A
1A
2A
3A
4的水平边框A
1A
4与直角坐标系OLW的横轴OL(即承载体的水平边框)之间的夹角,从而得到以承载体建立的直角坐标系OLW与待扫描物体或扫描面310与水平方向夹角,即扫描面的摆放角度。扫描面区域A
1A
2A
3A
4的边线A
1A
4与直角坐标系OLW的横轴OL之间的夹角即为扫描面310的摆放角度,线A
1A
4与直角坐标系OLW的横轴OL之间的夹角:
According to the confirmation of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned, the position area of the scanning surface area in the pre-scanning image can be obtained, as shown in Figure 7, in the Cartesian coordinate system OLW, the scanning surface area A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 can be calculated The angle between the horizontal frame A 1 A 4 and the horizontal axis OL of the rectangular coordinate system OLW (that is, the horizontal frame of the carrier), so as to obtain the rectangular coordinate system OLW established with the carrier and the object to be scanned or the scanning surface 310 and The included angle in the horizontal direction is the placement angle of the scanning surface. The angle between the sideline A 1 A 4 of the scanning surface area A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 and the horizontal axis OL of the rectangular coordinate system OLW is the placement angle of the scanning surface 310, and the line A 1 A 4 and the rectangular coordinate system The angle between the horizontal axis OL of OLW:
其中,(x
1,y
1)为A
1的坐标值,(x
4,y
4)为A
4的坐标值。
Wherein, (x 1 , y 1 ) is the coordinate value of A 1 , and (x 4 , y 4 ) is the coordinate value of A 4 .
在其中一种可能实现方式中,针对扫描面的摆放角度θ,即待扫描物体的摆放与水平方向存在一定摆放角度θ时,也可以在扫描面的摆放角度θ大于预设角度时,对扫描路径进行规划,包括光源的移动路径,防止光源在移动过程中超出扫描装置的机械空间范围,造成机械损坏,可以理解光源设置在扫描装置内部,以光源移动超出了承载体区域,则光源有可能会触发到扫描装置其他元件为例,即光源被允许活动的范围对应承载体区域。In one of the possible implementations, for the placement angle θ of the scanning surface, that is, when there is a certain placement angle θ between the placement of the object to be scanned and the horizontal direction, the placement angle θ of the scanning surface can also be greater than the preset angle When planning the scanning path, including the moving path of the light source, to prevent the light source from exceeding the mechanical space range of the scanning device during the moving process and causing mechanical damage, it can be understood that the light source is set inside the scanning device, and if the light source moves beyond the carrier area, then The light source may trigger other elements of the scanning device as an example, that is, the range in which the light source is allowed to move corresponds to the carrier area.
扫描路径规划Scan path planning
若待扫描物体的摆放不存在摆放角度θ时,即待扫描物体A
1A
2A
3A
4的边缘A
1A
4与承载体的横向坐标OL平行,则按照常规的扫描方向进行扫描即可,如按照横向水平扫描。
If the object to be scanned does not have a placement angle θ, that is, the edge A 1 A 4 of the object to be scanned A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 is parallel to the horizontal coordinate OL of the carrier, scan according to the conventional scanning direction That is, for example, scanning horizontally in a horizontal direction.
在本申请实施例中,如图7所示,通过对扫描物体进行物体检测,可以获得扫描面中部位置以及摆放角度θ,根据该摆放角度θ来旋转光源本体,使得光源本体与待扫描物体或扫描面的竖向边缘A
1A
2平行。
In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in Figure 7, by performing object detection on the scanned object, the position in the middle of the scanning surface and the placement angle θ can be obtained, and the light source body is rotated according to the placement angle θ, so that the light source body and the object to be scanned The vertical edges A 1 A 2 of the object or scanning surface are parallel.
示例性地,请参阅图8,获取承载体201的区域信息,如承载体201为四边形B
1B
2B
3B
4,还有光源212信息,如光源212的长度H。首先执行步骤①,将光源212移动到扫描面区域A
1A
2A
3A
4的中部位置A
5A
6,光源212沿着初始扫描方向J移动。然后执行步骤②,根据扫描面的摆放角度调整扫描方向,得到新扫描方向K,将光源212旋转至扫描面的摆放角度θ,以使得光源212与扫描面区域边缘(A
1A
2或A
3A
4)平行,或使得光源212与扫描面区域边缘(A
1A
4或A
2A
3)垂直。即将光源212旋转至与扫描面的水平边框垂直,光源212沿着新扫描方向K移动。
For example, referring to FIG. 8 , the area information of the carrier 201 is acquired, such as the carrier 201 is a quadrilateral B 1 B 2 B 3 B 4 , and the information of the light source 212 , such as the length H of the light source 212 . First, step ① is performed, moving the light source 212 to the middle position A 5 A 6 of the scanning area A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 , and the light source 212 moves along the initial scanning direction J. Then perform step ②, adjust the scanning direction according to the placement angle of the scanning surface to obtain a new scanning direction K, and rotate the light source 212 to the placement angle θ of the scanning surface, so that the light source 212 and the edge of the scanning surface area (A 1 A 2 or A 3 A 4 ) parallel, or make the light source 212 perpendicular to the edge of the scanning area (A 1 A 4 or A 2 A 3 ). That is, the light source 212 is rotated to be perpendicular to the horizontal frame of the scanning surface, and the light source 212 moves along the new scanning direction K.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,若根据文本方向得到扫描方向,将光源212旋转至与文本方向垂直。将光源212沿文本方向旋转摆放角度θ,也可以先将光源212沿横向水平移动至一定位置后,将光源212倾斜至扫描面的摆放角度θ。In one possible implementation manner, if the scanning direction is obtained according to the text direction, the light source 212 is rotated to be perpendicular to the text direction. Rotate the light source 212 along the text direction by the angle θ, or first move the light source 212 horizontally to a certain position, and then tilt the light source 212 to the angle θ of the scanning surface.
若扫描起点为扫描面起始位置,扫描终点为扫描面终止位置。执行步骤③,将光源212回撤到扫描面的起始位置A
1A
2,即扫描起点,使得光源212接近扫描面的起始位置A
1A
2。最后执行步骤④,控制光源212沿着扫描面区域A
1A
2A
3A
4进行扫描,即光源212沿着文本方向或扫描面的展开方向移动,移动光源212至扫描面终止位置A
3A
4处,即扫描终点。
If the scan start point is the start position of the scan plane, the scan end point is the end position of the scan plane. Step ③ is executed to retract the light source 212 to the starting position A 1 A 2 of the scanning surface, that is, the starting point of scanning, so that the light source 212 is close to the starting position A 1 A 2 of the scanning surface. Finally, step ④ is executed to control the light source 212 to scan along the area A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 of the scanning surface, that is, the light source 212 moves along the text direction or the development direction of the scanning surface, and moves the light source 212 to the end position A 3 A of the scanning surface 4 is the scanning end point.
以光源212被允许活动的范围为对应承载体B
1B
2B
3B
4的范围,在光源212的移动过程中,根据承载体201的区域信息、光源212的摆放角度和光源212的长度,计算光源212顶端与底端是否会触碰到扫描装置的其他元件,并调整光源212的位置,如可以将光源212沿着承载体201的上下边缘或边框(B
1B
3或B
2B
4)方向移动光源212,避免光源212触碰到扫描装置200内部其他元件。即若光源212的顶端即将超出对应于承载体201的上边缘B
1B
3的位置区域,则将光源212向承载体201的下边缘B
2B
4方向移动,以避免光源212的顶端即将超出被允许活动的范围。即若光源212的底端即将超出对应于承载体201的下边缘B
2B
4的位置区域,则将光源212向承载体201的上边缘B
1B
3方向移动,以避免光源212的底端即将超出被允许活动的范围。
Taking the range where the light source 212 is allowed to move as the range corresponding to the carrier B 1 B 2 B 3 B 4 , during the movement of the light source 212, according to the area information of the carrier 201, the placement angle of the light source 212 and the length of the light source 212 , calculate whether the top and bottom of the light source 212 will touch other elements of the scanning device, and adjust the position of the light source 212, such as the light source 212 can be placed along the upper and lower edges or borders of the carrier 201 (B 1 B 3 or B 2 B 4 ) Move the light source 212 in a direction to prevent the light source 212 from touching other components inside the scanning device 200 . That is, if the top of the light source 212 is about to exceed the position area corresponding to the upper edge B 1 B 3 of the carrier 201, then the light source 212 is moved toward the lower edge B 2 B 4 of the carrier 201, so as to avoid that the top of the light source 212 is about to exceed range of permitted activities. That is, if the bottom of the light source 212 is about to exceed the position area corresponding to the lower edge B 2 B 4 of the carrier 201, the light source 212 is moved toward the upper edge B 1 B 3 of the carrier 201 to avoid the bottom of the light source 212. About to exceed the range of permitted activities.
在本申请实施例中,扫描完成后进行复位。示例性地,请参阅图9,将光源212沿着扫描面区域回撤,首先执行步骤①,光源212由扫描的终止位置移动到扫描面中部A
5A
6位置,也可以将光源212向扫描面中部A
5A
6位置方向移动一定位置后,然后执行步骤②,将光源212沿反方向旋转摆放角度θ,即将光源212沿与图8旋转方向相反的方向旋转摆放角度θ,使得光源212与承载体201的边缘B
1B
2平行,步骤③最后沿着直线路径回撤到光源212的原始位置。
In the embodiment of the present application, reset is performed after scanning is completed. Exemplarily, referring to Fig. 9, the light source 212 is retracted along the scanning surface area, and step ① is first performed, the light source 212 is moved from the scanning end position to the position A 5 A 6 in the middle of the scanning surface, and the light source 212 can also be moved toward the scanning surface. After moving a certain position in the direction of A 5 A 6 in the middle of the surface, then perform step ② to rotate the light source 212 in the opposite direction by an angle θ, that is, to rotate the light source 212 in the opposite direction to the rotation direction in Figure 8 by an angle θ, so that the light source 212 212 is parallel to the edge B 1 B 2 of the carrier 201 , step ③ is finally retracted to the original position of the light source 212 along a straight path.
在本申请实施例中,先将光源212移动至扫描面中部,避免旋转过程中光源212超出被允许活动的范围。可以理解,对扫描路径的规划不限于上述方式,即不限定将光源212移至中部位置再旋转,本申请对此不作具体限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the light source 212 is first moved to the middle of the scanning surface, so as to prevent the light source 212 from exceeding the allowed range of motion during the rotation process. It can be understood that the planning of the scanning path is not limited to the above manner, that is, the light source 212 is not limited to be moved to the middle position and then rotated, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
在本申请实施例中,也可以首先获取扫描装置内部空间的长宽高信息,根据该长宽高信息确定光源212被允许活动的范围,以在扫描的过程中,根据光源212的位置信息以及其被允许活动的范围进行调整。In the embodiment of the present application, the length, width and height information of the internal space of the scanning device can also be obtained first, and the range where the light source 212 is allowed to move is determined according to the length, width and height information, so that during the scanning process, according to the position information of the light source 212 and The range of its allowed activities is adjusted.
在本申请实施例中,文本框与扫描面的边缘平行,如图6所示,文本框与扫描面的上下边缘,如边框AC或边框BD。即对于页面61,页面61的上边缘与一行行的文本平行。则摆放角度θ也即文本框与直角坐标系OLW的横轴OL之间的夹角。则将光源212沿文本方向旋转至摆放角度θ,则光源212垂直于文本方向,则光源212移动至扫描面,光源212所发射出的扫描光线入射至扫描面上的每个区域的弯曲形状一致,如图7所示,在执行步骤③后,光源212与扫描面A
1A
2平行,则光源212或扫描光线所经过的扫描面上扫描面的弯曲形状一致,如光源212经过扫描面上的边框A
1A
2,则边框A
1A
2上的每个点沿沿扫描面弯曲形状上的弯曲程度一致。可以进一步确保后续根据扫描面的形状对扫描面进行扫描的效果。
In the embodiment of the present application, the text box is parallel to the edge of the scanning surface, as shown in FIG. 6 , the text box is parallel to the upper and lower edges of the scanning surface, such as frame AC or frame BD. That is, for page 61, the top edge of page 61 is parallel to the lines of text. The placement angle θ is also the angle between the text box and the horizontal axis OL of the Cartesian coordinate system OLW. Then rotate the light source 212 along the text direction to the placement angle θ, then the light source 212 is perpendicular to the text direction, then the light source 212 moves to the scanning surface, and the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 is incident on the curved shape of each area on the scanning surface Consistent, as shown in Figure 7, after performing step ③, the light source 212 is parallel to the scanning surface A 1 A 2 , then the curved shape of the scanning surface on the scanning surface on which the light source 212 or scanning light passes is consistent, such as the light source 212 passing through the scanning surface Frame A 1 A 2 on the frame A 1 A 2 , then each point on the frame A 1 A 2 has the same degree of curvature along the curved shape along the scanning surface. The effect of subsequent scanning of the scanning surface according to the shape of the scanning surface can be further ensured.
下面以参数斜率来表示扫描面的形状进行具体说明。In the following, the shape of the scanning surface is represented by the parameter slope for a specific description.
文本检测text detection
对包括扫描面的图像进行文本检测,以得到扫描面上的文本区域和文本方向。其中,文本区域即扫描面上文本所在的区域。其中,包括扫描面的图像可以为扫描图像,也可以为扫描图像中包括扫描面区域的部分图像。包括扫描面的图像的获取可以为预先对待扫描物体进行扫描得到,也可以通过其他方式获得,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Perform text detection on the image including the scanned surface to obtain the text area and text orientation on the scanned surface. Wherein, the text area is the area where the text on the scanning surface is located. Wherein, the image including the scanned surface may be a scanned image, or may be a part of the scanned image including the area of the scanned surface. The acquisition of the image including the scanning surface may be obtained by scanning the object to be scanned in advance, or may be obtained in other ways, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
具体地,将包括扫描面的图像输入文本检测模型,该文本检测模型可以是OCR模型,OCR模型可以对输入的图像进行文本检测。文本检测模型具体用于检测文本在图像中的位置,返回文本所在区域(例如是文本所在行)的文本框和文本方向,其中,文本框具体是包围文本的线条框,文本框可以是包围多行文本的线条框,也可以是包围一行文本的线条框。文本框是指通过文本检测模型识别得到的能够包含图像中文本的四个图像坐标连线形成的框。其中,文本所在区域的文本框可以是四边形,该四边形可以通过四个角点的坐标表征。文本检测模型的返回值的形式具体可以表示为{(x1,y1),(x2,y2),(x3,y3),(x4,y4)}。当四边形为矩形时,文本框还可以通过中心点以及其中一个角点到中心点的偏移表征。对应地,文本检测模型的返回值的形式具体可以表示为{(x,y),(dx,dy)}。当文本框呈弧形时,文本框可以使用中心点位置、弧形半径和角度表征。文本框中包括多个文本字符,根据文本字符的排序方式可以得到文本方向。Specifically, an image including a scanned surface is input into a text detection model, the text detection model may be an OCR model, and the OCR model may perform text detection on the input image. The text detection model is specifically used to detect the position of the text in the image, and return the text box and the text direction of the area where the text is located (for example, the line where the text is located), wherein the text box is specifically a line box surrounding the text, and the text box can be surrounded by multiple A line box for a line of text, or a line box surrounding a line of text. The text box refers to the box formed by the connection of four image coordinates that can contain the text in the image recognized by the text detection model. Wherein, the text box in the area where the text is located may be a quadrilateral, and the quadrilateral may be represented by the coordinates of four corner points. The form of the return value of the text detection model can be specifically expressed as {(x1, y1), (x2, y2), (x3, y3), (x4, y4)}. When the quadrilateral is a rectangle, the text box can also be characterized by a center point and an offset from one of the corner points to the center point. Correspondingly, the form of the return value of the text detection model can be specifically expressed as {(x, y), (dx, dy)}. When the text box is arc-shaped, the text box can be represented by the center point position, arc radius and angle. The text box includes multiple text characters, and the text direction can be obtained according to the sorting method of the text characters.
请参阅图10a,例如,文本为“ABCD”,获取字符“A”远离字符“BCD”一侧的上下两个坐标1和2,获取字符“D”远离字符“BCD”一侧的上下两个坐标3和4,结合四个点的坐标:1、2、3和4,这四个点的坐标围成的框即为文本框,在该文本框中文本字符的排序方向即为文本方向,如图10a箭头所示方向H。例如,文本为“OPQR”,获取字符“O”远离字符“PQR”一侧的上下两个坐标5和6,获取字符“R”远离字符“OPQ”一侧的上下两个坐标7和8,结合四个点的坐标:5、6、7和8,这四个点的坐标围成所的框即为文本框,在该文本框中文本字符的排序方向即为文本方向,如图10a箭头所示方向K。可以理解,文本排序方向与文本框方向一致。即图10a中文本框1234也沿方向H延伸,文本框5678也沿方向K延伸。Please refer to Figure 10a, for example, the text is "ABCD", get the upper and lower coordinates 1 and 2 of the character "A" away from the character "BCD", and get the upper and lower coordinates 1 and 2 of the character "D" away from the character "BCD" Coordinates 3 and 4, combined with the coordinates of four points: 1, 2, 3 and 4, the frame surrounded by the coordinates of these four points is the text box, and the sorting direction of the text characters in the text box is the text direction, The direction H is shown by the arrow in Figure 10a. For example, if the text is "OPQR", get the upper and lower coordinates 5 and 6 of the character "O" away from the character "PQR", and get the upper and lower coordinates 7 and 8 of the character "R" away from the character "OPQ", Combining the coordinates of four points: 5, 6, 7 and 8, the frame surrounded by the coordinates of these four points is the text box, and the sorting direction of the text characters in the text box is the text direction, as shown by the arrow in Figure 10a Direction K shown. It can be understood that the text sorting direction is consistent with the text box direction. That is, the text box 1234 in FIG. 10a also extends along the direction H, and the text box 5678 also extends along the direction K.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,OCR模型用文本框标记出相应的字符区域,并计算该字符区域内文本的得分(即置信度),在置信度大于或等于一定阈值,认为该字符区域存在文本,输出文本框。若置信度小于一定阈值,则认为该字符区域不存在文本,不输出文本框。In one of the possible implementations, the OCR model uses the text box to mark the corresponding character area, and calculates the score (ie confidence level) of the text in the character area. When the confidence level is greater than or equal to a certain threshold, it is considered that the character area exists text, the output text box. If the confidence is less than a certain threshold, it is considered that there is no text in the character area, and no text box is output.
在本申请实施例中文本检测模型可以为常规轻量级OCR模型,其内容与现有技术相同,在此不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the text detection model may be a conventional lightweight OCR model, the content of which is the same as that of the prior art, and will not be repeated here.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,本申请实施例中所使用的OCR模型可以是轻量级OCR模型,相对于常规OCR模型,本申请实施例中的轻量级模型的区别在于,轻量级OCR模型可以仅沿着一定朝向检测扫描面的图像,如获取书籍展开方向,沿着书籍展开方向进行检测扫描。而常规OCR模型需要对扫描面的图像均进行检测识别。示例性地,请参阅图10b,轻量级OCR模型可以使用自适应贝塞尔曲线网络(Real-time Scene Text Spotting with Adaptive Bezier-Curve Network,ABCNet)框架,ABCNet是一个端到端可训练的场景文本定位框架。采用了一个单次、无锚定的卷积神经网络作为检测框架71,检测框架可以由M个叠加的卷积层构成,M为大于1整数。利用贝塞尔曲线检测结果,利用三次贝塞尔曲线72、贝塞尔对齐提取曲线序列特征73和轻量级识别模块74。该轻量级OCR模型可以应用于任意形状的场景文本检测,可以识别出任意形状的文本。In one of the possible implementations, the OCR model used in the embodiment of the present application may be a lightweight OCR model. Compared with the conventional OCR model, the difference between the lightweight model in the embodiment of the present application is that the lightweight The OCR model can only detect the image of the scanning surface along a certain orientation, such as acquiring the unfolding direction of a book, and performing detection and scanning along the unfolding direction of the book. The conventional OCR model needs to detect and recognize the images on the scanned surface. Exemplarily, please refer to Figure 10b, the lightweight OCR model can use the Adaptive Bezier Curve Network (Real-time Scene Text Spotting with Adaptive Bezier-Curve Network, ABCNet) framework, ABCNet is an end-to-end trainable Scene text positioning frame. A single, unanchored convolutional neural network is used as the detection framework 71, and the detection framework may be composed of M superimposed convolutional layers, where M is an integer greater than 1. Using the Bezier curve detection results, the cubic Bezier curve 72, the Bezier alignment extraction curve sequence feature 73 and the lightweight identification module 74 are used. The lightweight OCR model can be applied to arbitrary-shaped scene text detection, and can recognize arbitrary-shaped text.
可以理解,文本框的形状与文本方向有关,即预文本字符排序方向有关。若文本排序在图像中呈弯曲形状,文本方向呈弯曲,则文本框也呈弯曲形状。常规书籍上文本排序是笔直的,基于扫描面弯曲,如打开很厚的书籍,扫描面成一定程度弯曲,导致扫描面上文本排序呈现一定程度的弯曲,扫描面越弯曲,则该扫描面上的文本框的形状越弯曲,可以以该文本框的弯曲形状代表扫描面的摆放状态。It can be understood that the shape of the text box is related to the text direction, that is, the sorting direction of the pre-text characters. If the text ordering is curved in the image and the text direction is curved, the text box will also be curved. The text sorting on conventional books is straight, based on the curvature of the scanning surface. For example, if you open a very thick book, the scanning surface will be curved to a certain extent, resulting in a certain degree of curvature in the text sorting on the scanning surface. The more curved the scanning surface, the more curved the scanning surface. The more curved the shape of the text box, the curved shape of the text box can represent the placement state of the scanning surface.
在本申请实施例中,将图6的扫描图像输入至图10b中的轻量级OCR模型,可以分别对页面61和页面62上的文本进行检测,得到该两个页面上的文本框。如图11,页面61上文本框的弯曲形状与页面61的弯曲形状一致,页面62上文本框的弯曲形状与页面62的弯曲形状一致,均呈弯曲形状,且页面越弯曲,则页面上文本排序所成的曲线越弯曲,则可以以文本框的弯曲形状代表扫描面的弯曲形状。In the embodiment of the present application, the scanned image in FIG. 6 is input to the lightweight OCR model in FIG. 10b, and the text on page 61 and page 62 can be detected respectively to obtain the text boxes on the two pages. As shown in Figure 11, the curved shape of the text box on page 61 is consistent with the curved shape of page 61, and the curved shape of the text box on page 62 is consistent with the curved shape of page 62, both of which are curved, and the more curved the page, the more text on the page The more curved the sorted curve is, the curved shape of the text box can represent the curved shape of the scanned surface.
可以理解,在本申请实施例中,还可以其他方式获得斜率,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the slope may also be obtained in other ways, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
下面以文本框的形状代表扫描面的弯曲形状进行说明。In the following, the shape of the text box represents the curved shape of the scanning surface.
消除噪声eliminate noise
在本申请实施例中,扫描面上可能会存在弧形文本,即在平面区域上该弧形文本的文本排序也呈弧形,如图10a中的文本框1234,在平面区域,文本框1234呈弧形,而文本框5678呈非弯曲形状。文本检测模型进行文本检测时,对该弧形文本检测输出的文本框的形状也将呈弧形,而该文本框的弧形并不能代表扫描面的弯曲,为此需要先剔除弧形文本的文本框。可以先使用聚类方法消除该包括扫描面的图像中可能存在弧形文本的干扰,可以根据弧形的方向或弧形的弯曲度消除干扰,避免该图像中的干扰对文本曲线方程计算造成偏差。In the embodiment of the present application, there may be arc-shaped text on the scanning surface, that is, the text order of the arc-shaped text on the plane area is also arc-shaped, such as the text box 1234 in Figure 10a. In the plane area, the text box 1234 is curved, while text box 5678 has a non-curved shape. When the text detection model performs text detection, the shape of the text box output by the arc text detection will also be arc-shaped, and the arc of the text box cannot represent the curvature of the scanning surface. Therefore, it is necessary to remove the arc-shaped text first. text box. The clustering method can be used to eliminate the interference of the arc text in the image including the scanned surface, and the interference can be eliminated according to the direction of the arc or the curvature of the arc, so as to avoid the interference in the image from causing deviation in the calculation of the text curve equation .
计算文本曲线方程Calculate Text Curve Equation
在本申请实施例中,根据OCR模型检测出文本框后,从该扫描面上的文本框中采样一定数量的文本框,将采样的文本框用于计算文本曲线方程。请参阅图11,计算图6中页面61的弯曲形状,选取页面61中的文本框610、文本框611、文本框612。In the embodiment of the present application, after the text boxes are detected according to the OCR model, a certain number of text boxes are sampled from the text boxes on the scanning surface, and the sampled text boxes are used to calculate the text curve equation. Referring to FIG. 11 , calculate the curved shape of page 61 in FIG. 6 , and select text box 610 , text box 611 , and text box 612 in page 61 .
请参阅图12,以文本框610进行说明,分别以承载体201的横向边缘与竖向边缘为X轴和 Y轴,以承载体201的直角建立直角坐标系,提取文本框610的中心曲线S上每一个点坐标,可表示为:x
t=x
1,
其中,y
1、y
2是文本框上下边界的纵坐标,x
t为文本框610的中心曲线S的横坐标,y
t为文本框610的中心曲线S的纵坐标。将获得的每个点的坐标通过归一化得到文本框610的中心曲线S一条曲线轨迹。
Please refer to FIG. 12 , the text box 610 is used for illustration, the horizontal edge and the vertical edge of the carrier 201 are respectively used as the X axis and the Y axis, and the Cartesian coordinate system is established at a right angle to the carrier 201, and the central curve S of the text box 610 is extracted. The coordinates of each point above can be expressed as: x t = x 1 , Wherein, y 1 and y 2 are the vertical coordinates of the upper and lower boundaries of the text box, x t is the horizontal coordinate of the central curve S of the text box 610 , and y t is the vertical coordinate of the central curve S of the text box 610 . The obtained coordinates of each point are normalized to obtain a curve trajectory of the central curve S of the text box 610 .
在本申请实施例中,若仅取一个文本框,则可以直接以该文本框的中心曲线进行计算得到曲线轨迹。若取多个文本框,则可以分别获取该多个文本框的中心曲线,综合该多个中心曲线得到最终的中心曲线。即,对于该多个文本框,取横坐标x
t上各个文本框对应的纵坐标,得到文本框610上,横坐标x
t对应的中心曲线S上的纵坐标为y
t1,得到文本框611上,横坐标x
t对应的中心曲线S上的纵坐标为y
t2,得到文本框612上,横坐标x
t对应的中心曲线S上的纵坐标为y
t3,该采样出的文本框的多个纵坐标进行平均,则可以得到横坐标x
t对应的纵坐标
据此归一化得到最终的中心曲线。通过综合多个文本框的中心曲线,以得到能代表扫描面的弯曲形状。
In the embodiment of the present application, if only one text box is selected, the curve trajectory can be obtained by directly calculating the central curve of the text box. If multiple text boxes are selected, the center curves of the multiple text boxes can be obtained respectively, and the final center curve can be obtained by combining the multiple center curves. That is, for the plurality of text boxes, take the ordinate corresponding to each text box on the abscissa x t , obtain the text box 610, and the ordinate on the central curve S corresponding to the abscissa x t is y t1 , and obtain the text box 611 , the vertical coordinate on the central curve S corresponding to the abscissa x t is y t2 , and the vertical coordinate on the central curve S corresponding to the horizontal coordinate x t on the text box 612 is y t3 , and the number of sampled text boxes is ordinates are averaged, then the ordinate corresponding to the abscissa x t can be obtained Normalize accordingly to obtain the final central curve. By combining the center curves of multiple text boxes, a curved shape representing the scanned surface is obtained.
在本申请实施例中,请参阅图11,文本框610的起始位置是页面61上文本开始的位置,如图11中的位置a。文本框610的终止位置是页面61上文本结束的位置,如图11中的位置b。页面上没有文本的地方就没有文本框,如图11中的空白区域d,基于空白区域d上没有文本,对该区域的扫描可以不严格按照扫描面的弯曲形状进行扫描,将该区域默认为非弯曲区域,或根据线性插值计算出该区域的扫描参数,以此在保证对扫描面上文本的精准扫描识别下,减少运算量。In the embodiment of the present application, please refer to FIG. 11 , the starting position of the text box 610 is the starting position of the text on the page 61 , such as position a in FIG. 11 . The ending position of the text box 610 is the position where the text on the page 61 ends, such as position b in FIG. 11 . Where there is no text on the page, there is no text box, as shown in the blank area d in Figure 11. Based on the fact that there is no text in the blank area d, the scanning of this area can be performed not strictly according to the curved shape of the scanning surface, and the area defaults to Non-curved area, or calculate the scanning parameters of this area based on linear interpolation, so as to reduce the amount of calculation while ensuring accurate scanning and recognition of text on the scanning surface.
拟合曲线方程Fit Curve Equation
在本申请实施例中,根据得到的中心曲线进行采样,以拟合得到曲线方程。如对图12中所获得的中心曲线S上的点进行等间距采样,获取坐标系上的N个点,N为大于1的整数。文本框中心曲线数学表达式为
其中m是多项式的最高次数,x
i表示x的i次幂,w是系数;采用多项式拟合,根据N个点计算得到对应的曲线方程。
In the embodiment of the present application, sampling is performed according to the obtained central curve, so as to obtain the curve equation by fitting. For example, the points on the central curve S obtained in FIG. 12 are sampled at equal intervals to obtain N points on the coordinate system, where N is an integer greater than 1. The mathematical expression of the center curve of the text box is Among them, m is the highest degree of the polynomial, x i represents the i power of x, and w is the coefficient; use polynomial fitting, and calculate the corresponding curve equation based on N points.
在本申请实施例中,在得到曲线方程后,对应某一位置,则可以计算出中心曲线在该位置上的斜率,由此可以以中心曲线S的斜率得到中心曲线S的弯曲程度,进而根据该中心曲线S的弯曲程度得到扫描面上的弯曲形状。后续可根据该曲线方程计算出各个位置对应的扫描参数,以控制扫描组件进行相应的操作。In the embodiment of the present application, after obtaining the curve equation, corresponding to a certain position, the slope of the central curve at that position can be calculated, so that the degree of curvature of the central curve S can be obtained from the slope of the central curve S, and then according to The degree of curvature of the central curve S results in a curved shape on the scanning surface. Subsequently, the scanning parameters corresponding to each position can be calculated according to the curve equation, so as to control the scanning component to perform corresponding operations.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,若待扫描物体的摆放存在倾斜,我们可以调整扫描方向,扫描方向切换后,需按照扫描方向转换坐标系,便于后续根据扫描面的弯曲形状控制对扫描面的扫描。以承载体左上角为原点,将水平轴OL沿着扫描面方向旋转摆放角度,可以得到如图7所示的新直角坐标OXY。In one of the possible implementations, if the object to be scanned is tilted, we can adjust the scanning direction. After the scanning direction is switched, the coordinate system needs to be converted according to the scanning direction, so as to facilitate subsequent control of the scanning surface according to the curved shape of the scanning surface. scan. Taking the upper left corner of the carrier as the origin, and rotating the horizontal axis OL along the direction of the scanning surface, the new rectangular coordinate OXY as shown in Figure 7 can be obtained.
重建坐标系rebuild coordinate system
以平行矩形边框A
1A
2A
3A
4的A
1A
2为横轴,重新建立坐标系OXY,得到矩形边框A
1A
2A
3A
4在新坐标系OXY下的坐标为:
Taking A 1 A 2 of the parallel rectangular frame A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 as the horizontal axis, re-establish the coordinate system OXY, and obtain the coordinates of the rectangular frame A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 in the new coordinate system OXY:
[x
i′,y
i′]
T=M(θ)[x
i,y
i]
T(i=1,2,..6),
[x i ′, y i ′] T = M(θ)[x i , y i ] T (i=1, 2, ..6),
其中:in:
曲线方程:Curve equation:
中心曲线方程y=f(x)在OXY坐标系下的参数表示:The parameter representation of the central curve equation y=f(x) in the OXY coordinate system:
其中参数t∈[t
min1,t
max1],t
min1=min(x
1,x
4),t
max1=max(x
1,x
4)]。根据t
min1和t
max1可以得到扫描面区域的横坐标取值范围,如图7所示,基于坐标A
1的x
2为(x
1,x
2,x
3,x
4)中的最小值,则t
min1为x
2。基于坐标A
4的x
4为(x
1,x
2,x
3,x
4)中的最大值,则t
max1为x
4,则可以确定扫描面的扫描区域的横坐标范围为(x
2,x
4)。相应地,纵坐标取值范围也可以确定,但基于扫描方向为文本方向,即扫描组件沿着坐标轴OX方向扫描,则可以仅确定横坐标取值范围t
min1和t
max1。
Wherein the parameter t∈[t min1 , t max1 ], t min1 =min(x 1 , x 4 ), t max1 =max(x 1 , x 4 )]. According to t min1 and t max1 , the value range of the abscissa of the scanning surface area can be obtained, as shown in Figure 7, the x 2 based on the coordinate A 1 is the minimum value among (x 1 , x 2 , x 3 , x 4 ), Then t min1 is x 2 . Based on the x 4 of the coordinate A 4 is the maximum value in (x 1 , x 2 , x 3 , x 4 ), then t max1 is x 4 , then it can be determined that the abscissa range of the scanning area of the scanning surface is (x 2 , x4 ). Correspondingly, the value range of the ordinate can also be determined, but based on the fact that the scanning direction is the text direction, that is, the scanning component scans along the coordinate axis OX, only the value ranges t min1 and t max1 of the abscissa can be determined.
在本申请实施例中,在扫描面的弯曲形状为不弯曲,即扫描面为非弯曲形状时,根据扫描面的非弯曲形状计算出对应的扫描参数。在扫描面的弯曲形状为弯曲,根据扫描面的弯曲形状计算出对应的扫描参数。然后使用对应的扫描参数控制相应的扫描组件,以使得扫描组件在对应的位置区域根据对应的扫描参数对扫描面进行扫描。In the embodiment of the present application, when the curved shape of the scanning surface is not curved, that is, when the scanning surface is in a non-curved shape, corresponding scanning parameters are calculated according to the non-curved shape of the scanning surface. The curved shape of the scanning surface is curved, and corresponding scanning parameters are calculated according to the curved shape of the scanning surface. Then use the corresponding scanning parameters to control the corresponding scanning components, so that the scanning components scan the scanning surface in the corresponding position area according to the corresponding scanning parameters.
在本申请实施例中,可以根据扫描面的弯曲形状计算出扫描参数,其中扫描参数可以包括对对扫描面进行扫描的移动速率、扫描光线的发射方向和扫描光线的反射方向。下面以根据扫描面上曲线的斜率控制对扫描面的扫描(移动速率、发射方向和反射方向)进行具体说明。In the embodiment of the present application, the scanning parameters may be calculated according to the curved shape of the scanning surface, wherein the scanning parameters may include the moving rate for scanning the scanning surface, the emission direction of the scanning light and the reflection direction of the scanning light. The scanning of the scanning surface (moving speed, emission direction and reflection direction) will be described in detail below by controlling the slope of the curve on the scanning surface.
移动速率计算Movement Rate Calculation
在本申请实施例中,移动速率控制的作用是确保曲面与平面接收扫描的速率是一致的。即曲度越大的曲面,扫描组件移动的越慢,可有效保证在曲面方向上扫描成像不会发生变形,扫描图像清晰。在确定扫描面时,可以先进行预扫描,预扫描与常规扫描方式一致,即以恒定第一移动速率v
0进行。在进行第二次扫描时,根据设定的路径规划,可以包括扫描方向调整、文本扫描、扫描方向调整和复位。在第二次扫描时,扫描过程中扫描平面与常规扫描方式一致,即以恒定第一移动速率v
0进行,即设定在扫描该扫描面非弯曲区域时的第一移动速率为v
0。在扫描弯曲区域时,需要根据扫描非弯曲区域时的第一移动速率v
0和曲面的弯曲形状控制第二移动速率。
In the embodiment of the present application, the function of the movement speed control is to ensure that the scanning speeds of the curved surface and the plane are consistent. That is, the larger the curvature of the curved surface, the slower the scanning component moves, which can effectively ensure that the scanning image in the direction of the curved surface will not be deformed and the scanned image will be clear. When determining the scanning surface, a pre-scan may be performed first, and the pre-scan is performed in the same way as the conventional scan, that is, it is performed at a constant first moving speed v 0 . When performing the second scan, according to the set path planning, it may include scanning direction adjustment, text scanning, scanning direction adjustment and reset. During the second scan, the scanning plane is consistent with the conventional scanning method, that is, it is performed at a constant first moving rate v 0 , that is, the first moving rate when scanning the non-curved area of the scanning surface is set as v 0 . When scanning a curved area, it is necessary to control the second moving rate according to the first moving rate v 0 and the curved shape of the curved surface when scanning a non-bending area.
示例性地,其中参数t为扫描组件所处位置,t的整个区间[0,L]分为三段扫描的初始位置至扫描面310的上文本区域的起始位置范围:[0,t
min],扫描面310上文本区域的扫描范围:[t
min,t
max],扫描面310上文本的终止位置至扫描结束的结束位置[t
max,L],其中,0为扫描组件扫描的初始位置,L为扫描组件扫描的终止位置。t
min为文本区域的起始位置,可以为图11中文本框起始位置a。t
max为文本区域的终止位置,可以为图11中文本框终止位置b。[t
min,t
max]小于或等于[t
min1,t
max1],即扫描面上文本区域小于或等于扫描面区域。
Exemplarily, where the parameter t is the position of the scanning component, the entire interval [0, L] of t is divided into three segments from the initial position of the scan to the initial position range of the upper text area of the scanning surface 310: [0, t min ], the scanning range of the text area on the scanning surface 310: [t min , t max ], the end position of the text on the scanning surface 310 to the end position of the scanning end [t max , L], wherein, 0 is the initial scanning component scanning position, L is the end position of the scanning component scanning. t min is the starting position of the text area, which may be the starting position a of the text box in FIG. 11 . t max is the end position of the text area, which may be the end position b of the text box in FIG. 11 . [t min , t max ] is less than or equal to [t min1 , t max1 ], that is, the text area on the scanning surface is smaller than or equal to the area on the scanning surface.
请参阅图13,扫描轨迹如图13所示,光源212沿扫描面边缘A
1A
2移动至扫描面边缘A
3A
4,为保证对同一扫描面移动速率的连贯性,在各阶段其移动速率可分别设置为:
Please refer to Fig. 13, the scanning track is shown in Fig. 13, the light source 212 moves along the edge A 1 A 2 of the scanning surface to the edge A 3 A 4 of the scanning surface, in order to ensure the continuity of the movement rate of the same scanning surface, its movement at each stage The rate can be set separately as:
在[0,t
min-δ],以恒定第一移动速率v
0进行运行,其中δ>0,δ为预设缓冲距离,δ可以取值为图11区域d的宽度,则t
min-δ对应到扫描面区域A
1A
2A
3A
4的起始位置A
1A
2,基于该取值范围内的区域没有文本内容,可以以恒定第一移动速率v
0进行扫描,即该区域可以当做平面区域进行扫描,减少计算量。
In [0,t min -δ], run at a constant first moving rate v 0 , where δ>0, δ is the preset buffer distance, and δ can take the value of the width of area d in Figure 11, then t min -δ Corresponding to the starting position A 1 A 2 of the scanning surface area A 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 , based on the fact that the area within this value range has no text content, it can be scanned at a constant first moving rate v 0 , that is, the area can Scan as a plane area to reduce the amount of calculation.
在[t
min-δ,t
min],已知位于t
min-δ处的移动速率为第一移动速率v
0,位于t
min处的移动速率为第二移动速率,该第二移动速率可以根据下述公式(2)计算得到,则在[t
min-δ,t
min]可以采用线性插值计算出对应的移动速率,则移动速率:
At [t min -δ,t min ], it is known that the moving speed at t min -δ is the first moving speed v 0 , and the moving speed at t min is the second moving speed, which can be calculated according to Calculated by the following formula (2), then the corresponding moving rate can be calculated by linear interpolation in [t min -δ,t min ], then the moving rate:
在[t
min,t
max],为了保证沿着文本扫描方向上,扫描面接收扫描的速率一致,再细分为[t
min,t
mid]和[t
mid,t
max],其中t
mid为分页位置,即图7所示的位置A
5A
6。
In [t min ,t max ], in order to ensure that the scanning speed of the scanning surface is consistent along the text scanning direction, it is subdivided into [t min ,t mid ] and [t mid ,t max ], where t mid is The pagination position is the position A 5 A 6 shown in FIG. 7 .
在[t
min,t
mid+δ
0/2],其中δ
0>0,其中δ
0为预设缓冲距离,δ
0为分页空白处宽度,可以为两个连接页面之间的区域,如图11中页面61上的区域d和页面62上文本空白区域。第二移动速率:
In [t min ,t mid +δ 0 /2], where δ 0 >0, where δ 0 is the preset buffer distance, and δ 0 is the width of the pagination space, which can be the area between two connected pages, as shown in the figure Area d on page 61 in 11 and text blank area on page 62. Second movement speed:
其中,公式(2)的设置为依据曲线与直线转换,
为中心曲线的斜率,
可以将处于该位置的t值代入至曲线方程,求得该位置的坐标值,进而得到该位置的斜率。
Among them, the setting of formula (2) is based on the conversion of curves and straight lines, is the slope of the central curve, The t value at this position can be substituted into the curve equation to obtain the coordinate value of this position, and then obtain the slope of this position.
在[t
mid+δ
0/2,t
mid+δ
0]:已知道位于t
mid+δ
0/2处的移动速率为处于t
mid+δ
0/2的第二移动速率v(t),其可以由公式(2)计算得到。位于t
mid+δ
0处的移动速率为处于t
mid+δ
0的第二移动速率v(t),其可以根据下述公式(4)计算得到。则在[t
mid+δ
0/2,t
mid+δ
0]可以采用线性插值,则移动速率:
At [t mid + δ 0 /2, t mid + δ 0 ]: it is known that the moving rate at t mid + δ 0 /2 is the second moving rate v(t) at t mid + δ 0 /2, It can be calculated by formula (2). The moving speed at t mid + δ 0 is the second moving speed v(t) at t mid + δ 0 , which can be calculated according to the following formula (4). Then linear interpolation can be used in [t mid +δ 0 /2,t mid +δ 0 ], then the moving rate:
在[t
mid+δ
0,t
max]:第二移动速率:
At [t mid +δ 0 ,t max ]: second movement rate:
其中,公式(4)与公式(2)相同,均是依据曲线与直线转换,
为中心曲线的斜率。
Among them, the formula (4) is the same as the formula (2), both are based on the conversion of the curve and the straight line, is the slope of the central curve.
在[t
max,t
max+δ]:已知道位t
max处的移动速率为处于t
max的第二移动速率v(t),可以由公式(4)计算得到。位于t
max+δ处的移动速率为恒定第一移动速率v
0,则在[t
max,t
max+δ]可以采用线性插值,则移动速率:
At [t max , t max +δ]: It is known that the moving speed at position t max is the second moving speed v(t) at t max , which can be calculated by formula (4). The moving rate at t max + δ is the first constant moving rate v 0 , then linear interpolation can be used at [t max , t max + δ], then the moving rate:
在[t
max+δ,L]:以恒定第一移动速率v
0进行运行。
At [t max +δ,L]: run with a constant first movement velocity v 0 .
则本申请实施例中的第一移动速率可以为预先设置的一个速率v
0,其可以为扫描装置默认的速率,以该第一移动速率扫描非弯曲区域。第二移动速率为根据曲线与直线转换公式如公式(2)或(4)计算得到,保证弯曲区域上接收扫描的速率与非弯曲区域(平面区域)接收扫描的速率一致。不同弯曲程度的弯曲区域,其对应的弯曲程度不同,即斜率不同,则第二移动速率值不同。
Then the first moving speed in the embodiment of the present application may be a preset speed v 0 , which may be the default speed of the scanning device, and the non-curved area is scanned at the first moving speed. The second moving rate is calculated according to the conversion formula between curve and straight line, such as formula (2) or (4), to ensure that the rate of receiving scans on the curved area is consistent with the rate of receiving scans on the non-curved area (planar area). The bending regions with different bending degrees have different corresponding bending degrees, that is, different slopes, and thus have different second moving rate values.
扫描光线的角度Angle of scanning light
在本申请实施例中,在扫描面的弯曲形状为不弯曲,即该扫描面与承载体贴合,该扫描面与承载体平行。对该扫描面的扫描,其光路图如图14所示,扫描光线通过光源212发出,由待扫描物体300的扫描面310反射回来,然后通过第一反射体222将反射回来的扫描光线反射到第二反射体242,第二反射体242将接收到的扫描光线反射至光电变换元件232。扫描光线与扫描面310的夹角为第一夹角α
0,相应地,扫描光线与水平面的夹角也为第一夹角α
0,则可以根据扫描光线与水平面的夹角α
0控制光源212发射出扫描光线的方向为第一发射方向。
In the embodiment of the present application, the curved shape of the scanning surface is not curved, that is, the scanning surface is attached to the carrier, and the scanning surface is parallel to the carrier. For the scanning of the scanning surface, its optical path diagram is as shown in Figure 14, the scanning light is emitted by the light source 212, reflected back by the scanning surface 310 of the object 300 to be scanned, and then reflected by the first reflector 222 to the The second reflector 242 , the second reflector 242 reflects the received scanning light to the photoelectric conversion element 232 . The angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface 310 is the first angle α 0 , and correspondingly, the angle between the scanning light and the horizontal plane is also the first angle α 0 , and the light source can be controlled according to the angle α 0 between the scanning light and the horizontal plane The direction in which the scanning light is emitted by 212 is the first emission direction.
在本申请实施例中,对具有一定弯曲程度的待扫描物体扫描,待扫描物体的扫描面呈弯 曲形状,为了扫描成像不受扫描面弯曲影响,需要确保:扫描面上曲面区域扫描光线的入射角度与平面区域一致,扫描面反射出来的扫描光线可以通过第一反射体顺利反射到光电变换元件。为此,可确定对扫描面弯曲区域的扫描光路图如图15所示。In the embodiment of the present application, an object to be scanned with a certain degree of curvature is scanned, and the scanning surface of the object to be scanned is in a curved shape. In order to scan imaging without being affected by the curvature of the scanning surface, it is necessary to ensure that: the incidence of scanning light on the curved surface area on the scanning surface The angle is consistent with the plane area, and the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface can be smoothly reflected to the photoelectric conversion element through the first reflector. For this reason, the scanning light path diagram for the curved area of the scanning surface can be determined as shown in FIG. 15 .
根据图14所示的水平文本光路图,可计算出图15中扫描光线的发射角度以及反射角度,根据扫描光线的发射角度控制扫描光线与水平面的夹角,进而根据扫描光线与水平面的夹角控制光源发射出的扫描光线的发射方向为第二发射方向。根据该反射角度控制第一反射体的反射面225反射扫描光线的反射方向。扫描面的弯曲形状可由文本曲线方程
表示,也即使用中心曲线的斜率
来表示。则对应的光源212方向和第一反射体的反射角度可具体表示为:
According to the horizontal text optical path diagram shown in Figure 14, the emission angle and reflection angle of the scanning light in Figure 15 can be calculated, and the angle between the scanning light and the horizontal plane can be controlled according to the emission angle of the scanning light, and then according to the angle between the scanning light and the horizontal plane The emission direction of the scanning light emitted by the control light source is the second emission direction. The reflection direction of the scanning light reflected by the reflection surface 225 of the first reflector is controlled according to the reflection angle. The curved shape of the scanning surface can be determined by the text curve equation represents, that is, using the slope of the central curve To represent. Then the corresponding direction of the light source 212 and the reflection angle of the first reflector can be specifically expressed as:
光源212发射出去的扫描光线的发射方向计算如下,为了保证扫描光线与扫描面角度维持为第一夹角α
0(如45度),则扫描光线与承载体201所在平面的夹角满足:
The emission direction of the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 is calculated as follows. In order to ensure that the angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface is maintained as the first angle α0 ( such as 45 degrees), the angle between the scanning light and the plane where the carrier 201 is located satisfies:
根据该弯曲区域处扫描光线与承载体201的夹角可以推出光源212发射出的扫描光线的发射方向,进而可以根据推出的扫描光线的发射方向控制光源212以哪个方向角度发射扫描光线。The emission direction of the scanning light emitted by the light source 212 can be deduced according to the angle between the scanning light and the carrier 201 at the curved area, and then the direction and angle at which the light source 212 emits the scanning light can be controlled according to the derived emission direction of the scanning light.
具体地,如图15所示,以承载体所在的平面抽象为直线XY,以扫描光线入射至扫描面的曲面上M点,扫描光线与承载体所在平面的交点为N,即扫描光线与直线XY相交于N点,该M的斜率为
曲面上M点的切线与承载体所在平面的交点为P,可以得到三角形△MNP,则曲面上M点的切线与承载体所在平面的夹角即△MNP的∠P为
扫描光线与扫描面的夹角即△MNP的∠M恒定为α
0,根据三角形的一个外角等于不相邻的两个内角和原理,得到扫描光线与承载体所在平面的夹角∠MNY为
Specifically, as shown in Figure 15, the plane where the carrier is located is abstracted as a straight line XY, and the scanning ray is incident on point M on the curved surface of the scanning surface, and the intersection point between the scanning ray and the plane where the carrier is located is N, that is, the scanning ray and the straight line XY intersects at point N, the slope of this M is The intersection point between the tangent of point M on the curved surface and the plane where the carrier is located is P, and a triangle △MNP can be obtained, then the angle between the tangent of point M on the curved surface and the plane where the carrier is located is ∠P of △MNP is The angle between the scanning light and the scanning surface, that is, the ∠M of △MNP is constant at α 0 . According to the principle that one exterior angle of a triangle is equal to the sum of two non-adjacent interior angles, the angle ∠MNY between the scanning light and the plane where the carrier is located is obtained as
第一反射体222反射面225的偏转角度:为保证扫描面310反射出去的扫描光线经第一反射体222如可调节凌镜(flexible mirror)反射后,该扫描光线方向角度与文本方向平行,即保证反射面225反射出去的扫描光线的传播方向与承载体所在的平面平行。The deflection angle of the first reflector 222 reflective surface 225: in order to ensure that the scanning light reflected by the scanning surface 310 is reflected by the first reflector 222 such as an adjustable mirror (flexible mirror), the direction angle of the scanning light is parallel to the text direction, That is, ensure that the propagation direction of the scanning light reflected by the reflective surface 225 is parallel to the plane where the carrier is located.
首先,经过扫描面310反射的扫描光线与承载体所在的平面的夹角满足:First, the angle between the scanning light reflected by the scanning surface 310 and the plane where the carrier is located satisfies:
2α
0-α(t) (7)
2α 0 -α(t) (7)
具体地,扫描光线经过扫描面310的M点反射出去,反射出去的扫描光线与承载体所在平面的交点为H,即反射出去的扫描光线与直线XY相交于H点,则入射的扫描光线、反射的扫描光线与直线XY形成三角形△MNH,根据反射原理,入射角等于反射角,则切线上的角∠NMH为π-2α
0,根据三角形的内角和定理,可以得到三角形△MNH的角∠H为π-(π-2α
0)-α(t),即2α
0-α(t)。
Specifically, the scanning light is reflected by point M of the scanning surface 310, and the intersection point of the reflected scanning light and the plane where the carrier is located is H, that is, the reflected scanning light intersects the straight line XY at point H, then the incident scanning light, The reflected scanning light and the straight line XY form a triangle △MNH. According to the principle of reflection, the incident angle is equal to the reflection angle, and the angle ∠NMH on the tangent is π-2α 0 . According to the interior angle sum theorem of the triangle, the angle ∠NMH of the triangle △MNH can be obtained H is π-(π-2α 0 )-α(t), that is, 2α 0 -α(t).
根据反射原理,可以得第一反射体222的反射面225与水平方向的角度β(t)满足:According to the principle of reflection, the angle β(t) between the reflective surface 225 of the first reflector 222 and the horizontal direction can be obtained as follows:
具体地,扫描光线反射至反射面225的Q点,线XY与线MQ相交于点H,可以得到角∠MHX等于角∠YHQ等于2α
0-α(t)。基于要控制反射面225反射出的扫描光线与承载体所在的平面平行,即要控制反射面225反射出的扫描光线与直线XY平行。第一反射体的反射面225反射出去的扫描光线反射至第二反射体的O点,扫描光线QO与承载体所在平面的直线XY 平行,则角∠YHQ等于角∠HQO等于2α
0-α(t)。基于反射角等于入射角,则可以得到扫描光线在反射面225上的反射角为
即扫描光线在反射面225上的反射角为
基于扫描光线QO与承载体所在平面的直线XY平行,即扫描光线QO平行于水平面,则可以得到反射面225与水平面的夹角
Specifically, the scanning light is reflected to the point Q of the reflective surface 225, the line XY and the line MQ intersect at the point H, and it can be obtained that the angle ∠MHX is equal to the angle ∠YHQ and is equal to 2α 0 −α(t). Based on controlling the scanning light reflected by the reflective surface 225 to be parallel to the plane where the carrier is located, that is, to control the scanning light reflected by the reflective surface 225 to be parallel to the straight line XY. The scanning ray reflected by the reflective surface 225 of the first reflector is reflected to the point O of the second reflector, and the scanning ray QO is parallel to the straight line XY of the plane where the carrier is located, then the angle ∠YHQ is equal to the angle ∠HQO and is equal to 2α 0 −α( t). Based on the fact that the reflection angle is equal to the incident angle, it can be obtained that the reflection angle of the scanning light on the reflection surface 225 is That is, the reflection angle of the scanning light on the reflective surface 225 is Based on the fact that the scanning light QO is parallel to the straight line XY of the plane where the carrier is located, that is, the scanning light QO is parallel to the horizontal plane, the angle between the reflective surface 225 and the horizontal plane can be obtained
在本申请实施例中,为了保证光源所发出的扫描光线与所述扫描面之间的第一夹角恒定。扫描光线与承载体所在平面夹角为
则在扫描非弯曲区域时,扫描光线与承载体所在平面夹角为第二夹角,
为0,该第二夹角为与第一夹角相等。在扫描弯曲区域时,扫描光线与承载体所在平面夹角为第三夹角,
不为0,则第三夹角与第一夹角不相等。第三夹角根据第二夹角(第一夹角)、该区域的弯曲程度(该位置的斜率)以及公式(6)计算得到。
In the embodiment of the present application, in order to ensure that the first included angle between the scanning light emitted by the light source and the scanning surface is constant. The angle between the scanning light and the plane where the carrier is located is Then when scanning the non-curved area, the angle between the scanning light and the plane where the carrier is located is the second angle, is 0, the second included angle is equal to the first included angle. When scanning the curved area, the angle between the scanning light and the plane of the carrier is the third angle, If it is not 0, the third included angle is not equal to the first included angle. The third included angle is calculated according to the second included angle (the first included angle), the degree of curvature of the region (the slope of the position) and the formula (6).
在本申请实施例中,调整第一反射体的反射面225,使得由扫描面反射出来的扫描光线的以光强度最大的方向射入至第二反射体,从而使得光电变换元件感受到最大光强。为了保证经反射面225反射出去的扫描光线与水平面平行,反射面225与水平面之间的夹角为
在扫描非弯曲区域时,反射面225与水平面之间的夹角为第四夹角,基于非弯曲区域α(t)等于α
0,第四夹角
在α
0固定时,则第四夹角β(t)的大小固定,与第一夹角大小有关。在扫描弯曲区域时,反射面225与水平面之间的夹角为第五夹角,基于弯曲区域α(t)不等于α
0,第五夹角
第五夹角的大小与弯曲区域的弯曲形状有关。
In the embodiment of the present application, the reflective surface 225 of the first reflector is adjusted so that the scanning light reflected from the scanning surface enters the second reflector in the direction of the maximum light intensity, so that the photoelectric conversion element feels the maximum light. powerful. In order to ensure that the scanning light reflected by the reflective surface 225 is parallel to the horizontal plane, the included angle between the reflective surface 225 and the horizontal plane is When scanning the non-curved area, the angle between the reflective surface 225 and the horizontal plane is the fourth angle, based on the fact that α(t) in the non-curved area is equal to α 0 , the fourth angle When α 0 is fixed, the size of the fourth included angle β(t) is fixed, which is related to the size of the first included angle. When scanning the curved area, the included angle between the reflective surface 225 and the horizontal plane is the fifth included angle, based on the fact that the curved area α(t) is not equal to α 0 , the fifth included angle The size of the fifth included angle is related to the bending shape of the bending region.
在本申请实施例中,以中心曲线的斜率代表扫描面的弯曲形状,进而根据中心曲线的斜率计算出对应的扫描参数,实现根据扫描面的弯曲形状控制对扫描面的扫描。可以理解,还可以以其他特征代表扫描面的弯曲形状,进而计算出对应的扫描参数。In the embodiment of the present application, the slope of the central curve is used to represent the curved shape of the scanning surface, and then the corresponding scanning parameters are calculated according to the slope of the central curve, and the scanning of the scanning surface is controlled according to the curved shape of the scanning surface. It can be understood that other features can also be used to represent the curved shape of the scanning surface, and then the corresponding scanning parameters can be calculated.
在本申请实施例中,对待扫描物体进行扫描,还可以获取待扫描物体的文本类型,根据所述待扫描物体的类型排版输出所述扫描面的图像。具体地,请参阅图16,步骤S161对待扫描物体进行扫描,步骤S162进行物体检测,确定待扫描物体在玻璃台上的位置,之后根据物体检测得到的待扫描物体的扫描图像,步骤S163对该扫描图像进行文本检测。步骤S164确定该待扫描物体的文本类型,如为双面卡证类还是书籍文本类。步骤S165进行模板匹配,确定为双面卡证类还是书籍文本类,然后依据不同的文本类型进行模版匹配。若为双面卡证类,则缓存当前扫描的扫描面图像、等待另一面扫描面的扫描结果,然后将两个扫描面的扫描结果进行组装和排版。若是书籍文本类,则对该书籍的扫描方向进行矫正后,进行排版。步骤S166打印输出。In this embodiment of the present application, when the object to be scanned is scanned, the text type of the object to be scanned may also be obtained, and the image of the scanned surface is typesetting and output according to the type of the object to be scanned. Specifically, please refer to FIG. 16, step S161 scans the object to be scanned, step S162 performs object detection, determines the position of the object to be scanned on the glass table, and then obtains the scanned image of the object to be scanned according to the object detection, step S163 Scan an image for text detection. Step S164 determines the text type of the object to be scanned, such as double-sided card or book text. Step S165 performs template matching, determines whether it is a double-sided card or a book text, and then performs template matching according to different text types. If it is a double-sided card, cache the image of the currently scanned scanning side, wait for the scanning result of the other scanning side, and then assemble and typesetting the scanning results of the two scanning sides. If it is a book text, after correcting the scanning direction of the book, typesetting is carried out. Step S166 prints out.
以身份证打印为例说明自动排版过程,检测到到扫描物体为双面卡证类文本类型,则触发卡证类自动排版模板,待另一面扫描完成后,将两面结果组织完成,并结合匹配的排版模板进行打印输出。具体地,请一并参阅图17,扫描双面卡证类文本,分别得到身份证一面的扫描图像171和身份证另一面的扫描图像172,分别对扫描图像171和扫描图像172进行识别校 正,得到扫描图像171中关于扫该身份证的一个扫描面的图像区域173,得到扫描图像172中关于扫该身份证的另一个扫描面的图像区域174,将图像区域173和图像区域174进行组装,得到扫描图像175。Take ID card printing as an example to illustrate the automatic typesetting process. If the scanned object is detected to be a double-sided card text type, the card type automatic typesetting template will be triggered. After the scanning of the other side is completed, the results of both sides will be organized and combined with matching typesetting template for printout. Specifically, please refer to Fig. 17 together, scan the double-sided card text, obtain the scanned image 171 of one side of the ID card and the scanned image 172 of the other side of the ID card, respectively, and perform recognition and correction on the scanned image 171 and the scanned image 172, Obtain the image area 173 of scanning one scanning surface of the ID card in the scanned image 171, obtain the image area 174 of scanning the other scanning area of the ID card in the scanning image 172, assemble the image area 173 and the image area 174, A scanned image 175 is obtained.
在本申请实施例中,使用轻量级OCR模型,检测识别待扫描物体的文本方向,文本框位置信息,并基于文本框位置构建坐标系,提取文本框对应的中心曲线,再通过采样拟合的方式获取被打印文本的曲线方程,曲线方程用于控制打印机扫描方向,棱镜反射角度等。In the embodiment of this application, a lightweight OCR model is used to detect and identify the text direction and text box position information of the object to be scanned, and construct a coordinate system based on the text box position, extract the center curve corresponding to the text box, and then fit through sampling The curve equation of the printed text can be obtained in the same way, and the curve equation is used to control the scanning direction of the printer, the reflection angle of the prism, etc.
在本申请实施例中,扫描路径和扫描速度规划控制,根据文本检测的结果,调整光源的摆放角度,保证光源扫描方向与文本方向保持一致,同时根据扫描装置的空间位置限制上下调整光源所在位置,确保不会发生机械碰撞;在扫描过程中,根据文本曲线方程实时调整移动速率,保证扫描物体的曲面与平面的移动速率保持一致,最终使得弯曲文本扫描后不会发生形变,保证扫描图像清晰。In the embodiment of this application, the scanning path and scanning speed are planned and controlled. According to the text detection results, the placement angle of the light source is adjusted to ensure that the scanning direction of the light source is consistent with the direction of the text. At the same time, the position of the light source is adjusted up and down according to the spatial position of the scanning device Position, to ensure that no mechanical collision occurs; during the scanning process, the moving rate is adjusted in real time according to the text curve equation to ensure that the moving rate of the curved surface of the scanned object is consistent with that of the plane, and finally the curved text will not be deformed after scanning, ensuring the scanned image clear.
在本申请实施例中,对扫描光线入射方向与反射方向的控制,当光源扫描到曲度文本时,根据文本曲线方程调整光源的光线角度和第一反射体的偏转角度,使得曲面上文本的感光方向与平面上文本感光方向保持一致,且扫描光线能够通过第一反射体反射到光电变换元件上,从而达到曲面文本扫描区域完整,不会存在形变和发黑区域。In the embodiment of the present application, for the control of the incident direction and reflection direction of the scanning light, when the light source scans the curved text, the light angle of the light source and the deflection angle of the first reflector are adjusted according to the text curve equation, so that the text on the curved surface The photosensitive direction is consistent with the photosensitive direction of the text on the plane, and the scanning light can be reflected to the photoelectric conversion element through the first reflector, so that the scanning area of the curved text is complete without deformation and blackened areas.
接下来对本申请实施例提供的图像形成装置的结构进行介绍。Next, the structure of the image forming apparatus provided by the embodiment of the present application will be introduced.
请参阅图18,图18为本申请实施例提供的图像形成装置结构示意图。Please refer to FIG. 18 . FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of an image forming apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
该图像形成装置181可以包括扫描装置200、成像装置400和控制装置500。The image forming device 181 may include a scanning device 200 , an imaging device 400 and a control device 500 .
扫描装置200用于扫描待扫描物体300的扫描面,以得到扫描面的图像数据。扫描装置200向待扫描物体300照射扫描光线,并通过接收待扫描物体300反射的扫描光线来将待扫描物体300的图像读取为图像数据。其中,扫描面为扫描装置200扫描该待扫描物体300的表面。The scanning device 200 is used for scanning the scanning surface of the object 300 to be scanned to obtain image data of the scanning surface. The scanning device 200 irradiates scanning light to the object to be scanned 300 , and reads the image of the object to be scanned 300 as image data by receiving the scanning light reflected by the object to be scanned 300 . Wherein, the scanning surface is the surface on which the scanning device 200 scans the object 300 to be scanned.
在其中一种可能实现方式中,扫描装置200可以执行本申请实施例的扫描方法。In one possible implementation manner, the scanning device 200 may execute the scanning method of the embodiment of the present application.
成像装置400用于读取扫描装置200输出的图像数据,并基于所读取的图像数据对记录介质(如记录纸)进行印刷。该成像装置400可以保存该图像数据,或将该图像数据输出至计算机的显示器上。The imaging device 400 is used for reading the image data output by the scanning device 200, and printing on a recording medium (such as recording paper) based on the read image data. The imaging device 400 can save the image data, or output the image data to a computer display.
控制装置500可以用于执行本申请实施例的扫描方法,以实现对扫描装置200和成像装置的扫描成像的控制。控制装置500可以集成扫描装置200中的扫描模块30的部分功能,用于控制扫描装置200的扫描,控制装置500还可以用于控制成像装置400的打印。控制装置500可以包括未图示的CPU、ROM和RAM等控制设备。所述CPU是执行各种计算处理的处理器。所述ROM是非易失性存储部,预先存储用于使所述CPU执行各种处理的控制程序等信息。所述RAM是易失性存储部,用作所述CPU执行的各种处理的临时存储器(作业区域)。在控制装置500中,由所述CPU执行预先存储在所述ROM内的各种控制程序。由此,利用控制装置对成像装置进行总体控制。另外,控制装置500可以由集成电路(ASIC)等电子电路构成,也可以是独立于对成像装置400进行总体控制的主控制部而设置的控制装置500。The control device 500 can be used to implement the scanning method of the embodiment of the present application, so as to control the scanning and imaging of the scanning device 200 and the imaging device. The control device 500 can integrate part of the functions of the scanning module 30 in the scanning device 200 to control the scanning of the scanning device 200 , and the control device 500 can also be used to control the printing of the imaging device 400 . The control device 500 may include control devices such as a CPU, ROM, and RAM, which are not shown. The CPU is a processor that executes various calculation processes. The ROM is a nonvolatile storage unit, and stores information such as a control program for causing the CPU to execute various processes in advance. The RAM is a volatile storage unit used as a temporary memory (work area) for various processes executed by the CPU. In the control device 500, the CPU executes various control programs prestored in the ROM. Thus, overall control of the imaging device is performed by the control device. In addition, the control device 500 may be constituted by an electronic circuit such as an integrated circuit (ASIC), or may be a control device 500 provided independently from a main control unit that controls the imaging device 400 as a whole.
在本申请实施例中,图像形成装置181可以为打印机或复印机等,下面以图像形成装置181实现为打印机,对该图像形成装置181的打印流程进行说明:In the embodiment of the present application, the image forming device 181 may be a printer or a copier, etc., and the printing process of the image forming device 181 will be described below with the image forming device 181 implemented as a printer:
请参与图19,用户将待打印物体放在打印机展台,启动第一次扫描即预扫描,将打印机预扫描到的扫描图像缓存到打印机本地。该扫描图像可以作为OCR识别处理的输入。识别检测阶段,将缓存的图像数据进行物体检测,获取对应的扫描面区域,再对该扫描面区域进行 OCR文本检测,获取文本框范围和文本区域,并基于此计算得到页面的曲线方程,文本位置等信息。扫描定位阶段,根据获取得到的扫描面区域和文本区域,定位到第二次扫描所需要的扫描区域(即扫描面区域),进行打印机扫描组件的扫描路径规划,确保扫描方向与文字方向一致,且光源运动时不会因为空间限制在打印机内部发成机械碰撞。定位完成,执行第二次扫描,进行光源控制,计算出光源的扫描参数,如对扫描面进行扫描的扫描方向、发射扫描光线的发射方向、光源的姿势和光源所处位置,将控制光源的扫描参数输出给第一控制组件,以使得第一控制组件控制光源执行扫描。进行第一反射体控制,计算出第一反射体的扫描参数,如如对扫描面进行扫描的扫描方向、第一反射体的反射面反射扫描光线的反射方向、第一反射体的姿势。将控制第一反射体的扫描参数输出给第二控制组件,以使得第二控制组件控制第一反射体执行扫描。移动速率控制,打印机的光源扫描移动时,根据文本曲线方程进行实时速率计算,使得在整个弯曲扫描区域的移动速率保持一致,即弯曲程度越大,移动速率越慢,将各个位置区域对应的移动速率输出给驱动组件执行,以驱动扫描组件移动。将扫描结果缓存到本地,根据扫描文本的文本类型,进行智能排版,使最后的打印结果排版合理,打印文字清晰。与传统打印机相比,本申请实施例的打印机在物理结构上的差异主要在于光源可调整、第一反射体可调整、移动方向和移动速率可调整。当被打印文本存在一定角度的倾斜时,打印机会调整光源角度,使光线扫描方向与文字方向保持一致;当被打印文本摆放在展台上,相对于水平面存在一定弯曲时(比如打印一定厚度的书本),打印机会调整光线发射角度,使光线与被打印物体的夹角始终保持恒定,同时打印机也会调整第一反射体的反射角度,确保弯曲文本反射回来的光线,能顺利传播到固定棱镜,从而使弯曲文本能被正常打印。Please refer to Figure 19. The user places the object to be printed on the printer booth, starts the first scan, that is, pre-scanning, and caches the scanned image pre-scanned by the printer to the local printer. This scanned image can be used as input for the OCR recognition process. In the identification and detection stage, the cached image data is used for object detection to obtain the corresponding scanning surface area, and then the OCR text detection is performed on the scanning surface area to obtain the text box range and text area, and based on this calculation, the curve equation of the page, the text location and other information. In the scanning positioning stage, according to the obtained scanning surface area and text area, locate the scanning area required for the second scan (ie scanning surface area), and plan the scanning path of the printer scanning component to ensure that the scanning direction is consistent with the text direction, And when the light source moves, it will not cause mechanical collision inside the printer due to space constraints. After the positioning is completed, perform the second scan to control the light source, and calculate the scanning parameters of the light source, such as the scanning direction for scanning the scanning surface, the emission direction of the scanning light, the posture of the light source, and the position of the light source. The scanning parameters are output to the first control component, so that the first control component controls the light source to perform scanning. The first reflector is controlled, and the scanning parameters of the first reflector are calculated, such as the scanning direction for scanning the scanning surface, the reflection direction of the scanning light reflected by the reflecting surface of the first reflector, and the posture of the first reflector. The scanning parameters for controlling the first reflector are output to the second control component, so that the second control component controls the first reflector to perform scanning. Movement rate control, when the light source of the printer scans and moves, it calculates the real-time rate according to the text curve equation, so that the movement rate in the entire curved scanning area remains consistent, that is, the greater the degree of bending, the slower the movement rate, and the corresponding movement of each position area The speed is output to the driving component for execution to drive the scanning component to move. The scanned results are cached locally, and intelligent typesetting is performed according to the text type of the scanned text, so that the layout of the final printing result is reasonable and the printed text is clear. Compared with traditional printers, the difference in physical structure of the printer in the embodiment of the present application lies in the adjustable light source, adjustable first reflector, adjustable moving direction and moving speed. When the printed text is tilted at a certain angle, the printer will adjust the light source angle so that the light scanning direction is consistent with the text direction; when the printed text is placed on the booth, there is a certain curvature relative to the horizontal plane (for example, printing a book), the printer will adjust the light emission angle to keep the angle between the light and the printed object constant, and the printer will also adjust the reflection angle of the first reflector to ensure that the light reflected by the curved text can smoothly propagate to the fixed prism , so that curved text can be printed normally.
上述各个附图对应的流程的描述各有侧重,某个流程中没有详述的部分,可以参见其他流程的相关描述。The descriptions of the processes corresponding to the above-mentioned figures have their own emphasis. For the parts not described in detail in a certain process, you can refer to the relevant descriptions of other processes.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。实现车牌号码识别的计算机程序产品包括一个或多个进行车牌号码识别的计算机指令,在计算机上加载和执行这些计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例图5的流程或功能。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product for license plate number recognition includes one or more computer instructions for license plate number recognition. When these computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the process or function according to Figure 5 of the embodiment of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如:同轴电缆、光纤、数据用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如:红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如:软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如:数字通用光盘(digital versatile disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如:固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (eg coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (eg infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example: floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example: digital versatile disc (digital versatile disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example: solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD) )Wait.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过硬件来完成,也可以通过程序来指令相关的硬件完成,所述的程序可以存储于一种计算机可读存储介质中,上述提到的存储介质可以是只读存储器,磁盘或光盘等。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the steps for implementing the above embodiments can be completed by hardware, and can also be completed by instructing related hardware through a program. The program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. The above-mentioned The storage medium mentioned may be a read-only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like.
以上所述为本申请提供的实施例,并不用以限制本申请,凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。The above-mentioned embodiments provided by the application are not intended to limit the application. Any modifications, equivalent replacements, improvements, etc. made within the spirit and principles of the application shall be included in the protection scope of the application. Inside.
Claims (26)
- 一种扫描方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A scanning method, characterized in that the method comprises:确定待扫描物体的扫描面的摆放状态;Determine the placement state of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned;根据所述扫描面的摆放状态,以与所述摆放状态关联的扫描策略对所述扫描面的内容进行扫描,得到扫描后的图像。According to the arrangement state of the scanning surface, the scanning strategy associated with the arrangement state is used to scan the contents of the scanning surface to obtain a scanned image.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述扫描面的摆放状态包括所述扫描面的弯曲状态,所述扫描面包括第一区域和第二区域;所述第一区域和所述第二区域对应的弯曲程度不同;所述扫描策略包括扫描组件的移动速率;The method according to claim 1, wherein the arrangement state of the scanning surface comprises a bending state of the scanning surface, the scanning surface includes a first area and a second area; the first area and the The degree of bending corresponding to the second area is different; the scanning strategy includes the moving rate of the scanning component;所述根据所述扫描面的摆放状态,以与所述摆放状态相关的扫描策略对所述扫描面的内容进行扫描,具体包括:According to the placement state of the scanning surface, scanning the content of the scanning surface with a scanning strategy related to the placement state specifically includes:根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的弯曲程度,以不同的移动速率扫描所述第一区域和所述第二区域。The first area and the second area are scanned at different moving rates according to the degree of curvature of the first area and the second area.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述扫描策略还包括扫描组件的朝向,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the scanning strategy further includes the orientation of the scanning component, and the method further includes:所述根据所述扫描面的摆放状态,以与所述摆放状态相关的扫描策略对所述扫描面的内容进行扫描,还包括:According to the arrangement state of the scanning surface, scanning the content of the scanning surface with a scanning strategy related to the arrangement state further includes:根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的弯曲程度,扫描组件以不同的朝向扫描所述第一区域和所述第二区域。According to the degree of curvature of the first area and the second area, the scanning component scans the first area and the second area in different orientations.
- 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述扫描组件包括光源和第一反射体,所述扫描组件的朝向包括所述光源发射扫描光线的方向,和/或,所述第一反射体的朝向。The method according to claim 3, wherein the scanning component includes a light source and a first reflector, the orientation of the scanning component includes the direction in which the light source emits scanning light, and/or the first reflector body orientation.
- 根据权利要求2至4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的弯曲程度,以不同的移动速率扫描所述第一区域和所述第二区域,具体包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 4, wherein the first region and the second region are scanned at different moving rates according to the degree of curvature of the first region and the second region. The second area, specifically includes:控制所述扫描组件以第一移动速率扫描所述扫描面上非弯曲区域;controlling the scanning component to scan a non-curved area on the scanning surface at a first moving rate;控制所述扫描组件以第二移动速率扫描所述扫描面上弯曲区域,其中所述第一移动速率大于所述第二移动速率。The scanning component is controlled to scan the curved area on the scanning surface at a second moving speed, wherein the first moving speed is greater than the second moving speed.
- 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,其中,所述第二移动速率是根据所述第一移动速率和所述弯曲区域的弯曲状态得到的速率。The method according to claim 5, wherein the second moving rate is a rate obtained according to the first moving rate and the bending state of the bending region.
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的弯曲程度,扫描组件以不同的朝向扫描所述第一区域和所述第二区域包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein the scanning component scans the first area and the second area in different orientations according to the degree of curvature of the first area and the second area comprises :在扫描所述扫描面的非弯曲区域时,控制所述光源,以使得所述扫描光线与用于承载所述待扫描物体的承载体成第二夹角;When scanning the non-curved area of the scanning surface, controlling the light source so that the scanning light forms a second angle with the carrier for carrying the object to be scanned;在扫描所述扫描面的弯曲区域时,控制所述光源,以使得所述扫描光线与所述承载体成第三夹角;其中所述第二夹角不同于所述第三夹角。When scanning the curved area of the scanning surface, the light source is controlled so that the scanning light forms a third included angle with the carrier; wherein the second included angle is different from the third included angle.
- 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三夹角是根据所述第二夹角和所述弯曲区域的弯曲状态得到的角度。The method according to claim 7, wherein the third included angle is an angle obtained according to the second included angle and the bending state of the bending region.
- 根据权利要求4、7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一区域和所述第二区域的弯曲程度,扫描组件以不同的朝向扫描所述第一区域和所述第二区域包括:The method according to claim 4, 7 or 8, wherein the scanning component scans the first area and the second area in different orientations according to the degree of curvature of the first area and the second area. The second area includes:在扫描所述扫描面的非弯曲区域时,控制所述第一反射体,以使得所述第一反射体上用于反射所述扫描光线的反射面与水平面成第四夹角;When scanning the non-curved area of the scanning surface, controlling the first reflector so that the reflective surface on the first reflector for reflecting the scanning light forms a fourth angle with the horizontal plane;在扫描所述扫描面的弯曲区域时,控制所述第一反射体,以使得所述反射面与所述水平 面成第五夹角,其中所述第四夹角不同于所述第五夹角。When scanning the curved area of the scanning surface, the first reflector is controlled so that the reflecting surface forms a fifth included angle with the horizontal plane, wherein the fourth included angle is different from the fifth included angle .
- 如权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第五夹角根据所述第二夹角与所述弯曲区域的弯曲状态得到。The method according to claim 9, wherein the fifth included angle is obtained according to the second included angle and the bending state of the bending region.
- 根据权利要求1至10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述扫描面的摆放状态包括所述扫描面的摆放角度或所述扫描面中内容的摆放角度,所述扫描策略包括扫描组件的扫描方向;The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the arrangement state of the scanning surface includes the arrangement angle of the scanning surface or the arrangement angle of the content in the scanning surface, and the scanning The policy includes the scanning direction of the scanning component;所述根据所述扫描面的摆放状态,以与所述摆放状态相关的扫描策略对所述扫描面的内容进行扫描,具体包括:According to the placement state of the scanning surface, scanning the content of the scanning surface with a scanning strategy related to the placement state specifically includes:根据所述扫描面的摆放角度或所述扫描面中内容的摆放角度,调整所述扫描组件的扫描方向。The scanning direction of the scanning component is adjusted according to the arrangement angle of the scanning surface or the arrangement angle of the contents in the scanning surface.
- 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述扫描组件包括光源和第一反射体;The method according to claim 11, wherein the scanning component comprises a light source and a first reflector;所述调整所述扫描组件的扫描方向,具体包括:The adjusting the scanning direction of the scanning component specifically includes:调整所述光源的移动方向;和/或,adjusting the direction of movement of the light source; and/or,调整所述第一反射体的移动方向。Adjust the moving direction of the first reflector.
- 根据权利要求1至12任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述扫描面的摆放状态包括所述扫描面的摆放位置,所述扫描策略包括扫描组件的移动路径,所述移动路径包括扫描起点和扫描终点;The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the placement state of the scanning surface includes the placement position of the scanning surface, the scanning strategy includes the moving path of the scanning component, and the moving The path includes the scan start point and the scan end point;所述根据所述扫描面的摆放状态,以与所述摆放状态相关的扫描策略对所述扫描面的内容进行扫描,具体包括:According to the placement state of the scanning surface, scanning the content of the scanning surface with a scanning strategy related to the placement state specifically includes:根据所述扫描面的摆放位置,调整光源的移动路径。According to the placement position of the scanning surface, the moving path of the light source is adjusted.
- 根据权利要求1至13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定待扫描物体的扫描面的摆放状态包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the determining the placement state of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned comprises:获取扫描面的曲率,以得到所述扫描面的弯曲状态。The curvature of the scanning surface is acquired to obtain the curvature state of the scanning surface.
- 根据权利要求1至13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述确定待扫描物体的扫描面的摆放状态包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the determining the placement state of the scanning surface of the object to be scanned comprises:对所述扫描面进行文本检测,得到文本框;performing text detection on the scanned surface to obtain a text box;根据所述文本框得到所述扫描面上的曲线;obtaining the curve on the scanning surface according to the text box;建立坐标系;Create a coordinate system;获取所述曲线在所述坐标系上的斜率,以得到所述扫描面的弯曲状态。Acquiring the slope of the curve on the coordinate system to obtain the curvature state of the scanning surface.
- 一种扫描装置,其特征在于,包括:A scanning device, characterized in that it comprises:承载体,用于承载待扫描物体;The carrier is used to carry the object to be scanned;光源,用于发出向所述待扫描物体的扫描面照射的扫描光线;a light source, configured to emit scanning light irradiating the scanning surface of the object to be scanned;第一反射体,用于接收由所述扫描面反射出来的扫描光线,并将所述扫描光线引导至光电变换元件,以使得所述光电变换元件将接收到的所述扫描光线转换为图像数据,得到所述扫描面的图像;The first reflector is used to receive the scanning light reflected by the scanning surface, and guide the scanning light to the photoelectric conversion element, so that the photoelectric conversion element converts the received scanning light into image data , to obtain the image of the scanning surface;控制器,用于执行如权利要求1至15中任一项所述的扫描方法,以控制所述光源和所述第一反射体对所述待扫描物体的扫描。A controller, configured to execute the scanning method according to any one of claims 1 to 15, so as to control the scanning of the object to be scanned by the light source and the first reflector.
- 如权利要求16所述的扫描装置,其特征在于,The scanning device according to claim 16, characterized in that,所述光源与所述第一反射体进行扫描时的移动速率可调整。The moving speed of the light source and the first reflector during scanning can be adjusted.
- 如权利要求16或17所述的扫描装置,其特征在于,A scanning device as claimed in claim 16 or 17, characterized in that,所述光源与所述第一反射体进行扫描时的移动方向可调整。The moving direction of the light source and the first reflector during scanning can be adjusted.
- 如权利要求16至18任一项所述的扫描装置,其特征在于,还包括驱动组件,The scanning device according to any one of claims 16 to 18, further comprising a drive assembly,所述驱动组件驱动所述光源与所述第一反射体以第一移动速率扫描所述扫描面上非弯曲区域;The drive assembly drives the light source and the first reflector to scan the non-curved area on the scanning surface at a first moving rate;所述驱动组件驱动所述光源与所述第一反射体以第二移动速率扫描所述扫描面上弯曲区域,其中所述第一移动速率大于所述第二移动速率。The driving assembly drives the light source and the first reflector to scan the curved area on the scanning surface at a second moving rate, wherein the first moving rate is greater than the second moving rate.
- 如权利要求16至19任一项所述的扫描装置,其特征在于,The scanning device according to any one of claims 16 to 19, characterized in that,所述光源发射所述扫描光线的方向可调整。The direction in which the light source emits the scanning light can be adjusted.
- 如权利要求16至20任一项所述的扫描装置,其特征在于,The scanning device according to any one of claims 16 to 20, characterized in that,所述光源所处的位置可调整,以使得所述光源位于所述光源被允许活动的范围。The position of the light source can be adjusted so that the light source is located in the range where the light source is allowed to move.
- 如权利要求16至21任一项所述的扫描装置,其特征在于,The scanning device according to any one of claims 16 to 21, characterized in that,所述光源的摆放角度可调整。The placement angle of the light source can be adjusted.
- 如权利要求16至22任一项所述的扫描装置,其特征在于,The scanning device according to any one of claims 16 to 22, characterized in that,所述第一反射体的姿态可调整。The attitude of the first reflector can be adjusted.
- 一种图像形成装置,其特征在于,包括:An image forming device, comprising:如权利要求16至23任一项所述扫描装置;The scanning device according to any one of claims 16 to 23;成像装置,用于读取所述扫描装置输出的图像数据,并基于所述图像数据对记录介质进行印刷;an imaging device, configured to read the image data output by the scanning device, and print a recording medium based on the image data;控制装置,用于对所述扫描装置和所述成像装置进行控制。The control device is used to control the scanning device and the imaging device.
- 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器;所述存储器,用于存储指令;所述处理器,用于调用所述存储器中的指令,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1至15中任一项所述的扫描方法。An electronic device, characterized in that it includes a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store instructions; the processor is used to call the instructions in the memory, so that the electronic device performs as claimed in claims 1 to The scanning method described in any one of 15.
- 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有至少一个指令,所述至少一个指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至15中任一项所述的扫描方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores at least one instruction, and when the at least one instruction is executed by a processor, the scanning according to any one of claims 1 to 15 is realized method.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202110779216.2 | 2021-07-09 | ||
CN202110779216.2A CN115604399A (en) | 2021-07-09 | 2021-07-09 | Scanning method and electronic equipment |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023280173A1 true WO2023280173A1 (en) | 2023-01-12 |
Family
ID=84801291
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2022/103979 WO2023280173A1 (en) | 2021-07-09 | 2022-07-05 | Scanning method and electronic device |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN115604399A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2023280173A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN116630982A (en) * | 2023-05-16 | 2023-08-22 | 读书郎教育科技有限公司 | Scanning area positioning method based on AI dictionary pen |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN1293420A (en) * | 1999-10-13 | 2001-05-02 | 东友科技股份有限公司 | Scanner |
CN1704718A (en) * | 2004-05-31 | 2005-12-07 | 株式会社三丰 | Surface scan measuring device, surface scan measuring method, surface scan measuring program and recording medium |
CN104660855A (en) * | 2013-11-20 | 2015-05-27 | 崴强科技股份有限公司 | Correction device and correction method for scanning images |
CN106303133A (en) * | 2016-08-11 | 2017-01-04 | 广东小天才科技有限公司 | Book page scanning control method and device and scanning equipment |
CN212413244U (en) * | 2020-07-09 | 2021-01-26 | 上海汉图科技有限公司 | Scanning device |
-
2021
- 2021-07-09 CN CN202110779216.2A patent/CN115604399A/en active Pending
-
2022
- 2022-07-05 WO PCT/CN2022/103979 patent/WO2023280173A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN1293420A (en) * | 1999-10-13 | 2001-05-02 | 东友科技股份有限公司 | Scanner |
CN1704718A (en) * | 2004-05-31 | 2005-12-07 | 株式会社三丰 | Surface scan measuring device, surface scan measuring method, surface scan measuring program and recording medium |
CN104660855A (en) * | 2013-11-20 | 2015-05-27 | 崴强科技股份有限公司 | Correction device and correction method for scanning images |
CN106303133A (en) * | 2016-08-11 | 2017-01-04 | 广东小天才科技有限公司 | Book page scanning control method and device and scanning equipment |
CN212413244U (en) * | 2020-07-09 | 2021-01-26 | 上海汉图科技有限公司 | Scanning device |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN116630982A (en) * | 2023-05-16 | 2023-08-22 | 读书郎教育科技有限公司 | Scanning area positioning method based on AI dictionary pen |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN115604399A (en) | 2023-01-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US7164518B2 (en) | Fast scanner with rotatable mirror and image processing system | |
EP3468163A1 (en) | Intelligent internet high-definition scanner with laser correction | |
US6512539B1 (en) | Document periscope | |
US8300277B2 (en) | Image processing apparatus and method for determining document scanning area from an apex position and a reading reference position | |
WO2023280173A1 (en) | Scanning method and electronic device | |
JP2000201261A (en) | Picture reader | |
JP3990035B2 (en) | Image scanner | |
US5227896A (en) | Image reader for producing and synthesizing segmented image data | |
US20070053016A1 (en) | Optical scanner | |
US9860426B2 (en) | Multi-mode image capture systems and methods | |
JP5848085B2 (en) | Image reading system and document size detection device | |
US10972624B2 (en) | Smart internet high-definition scanner with laser correction | |
JP2007079976A (en) | Spatial arrangement reproducing method, reader, and program | |
JP2020053931A (en) | Image processing system, image scanner, and image processing method | |
JP2004252408A (en) | Image reader | |
JP6217191B2 (en) | Inclination angle detection apparatus, image reading apparatus, image forming apparatus, and program | |
JP3671682B2 (en) | Image recognition device | |
JP2020052916A (en) | Image processing device, image scanner, and image processing method | |
KR101747172B1 (en) | 3D scan image generation device and method | |
WO2005038705A2 (en) | Fast scanner with rotatable mirror and image processing system | |
EP3510757B1 (en) | Transparent platen with chamfered egress edge | |
KR101061098B1 (en) | Scanner unit and scanning method | |
JP6107493B2 (en) | Image reading apparatus, image processing apparatus, and program | |
US20050002069A1 (en) | Device and method for scanning an original copy involving a lifting and rotational movement of a camera | |
CN115379060A (en) | Image reading apparatus and image processing method |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 22836922 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 22836922 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |